Skip to main content

Full text of "Millsaps College Catalog, 1971-1972"

See other formats


MiLLSAPS  College 

JACKSON,  MISSISSIPPI 


CATALOG 

1971-72 

ANNOUNCEMENTS 

1972-73 


FOREWORD 

Experiences  indicates  that  those  who  examine  college  catalogs 
are  usually  interested  primarily  in  finding  the  answers  to  the  follow- 
ing questions: 

(1)  What  is  the  general  nature,  type,  and  standing  of  the  college? 

(2)  What  are  the  requirements  for  admission? 

(3)  What  is  the  cost  of  attending  the  college  and  what  opportunities 
are  available  for  earning  part  of  these  expenses? 

(4)  What  subjects  of  study  are  provided  and  what  are  the  require- 
ments for  graduation? 

(5)  What  rules  does  a  student  have  to  follow  while  attending  the 
college? 

(6)  What  other  activities  are  provided  outside  the  classroom? 

In  order  to  make  this  catalog  easier  to  read,  we  have  tried  to 
arrange  it  so  as  to  answer  these  questions  in  logical  order.  The  first 
two  questions,  which  are  of  concern  primarily  to  prospective  stu- 
dents, are  answered  in  Part  I.  The  other  questions  are  covered  suc- 
cessively in  Parts  ll-VI,  as  shown  in  the  Table  of  Contents  on  the 
opposite  page.  In  Part  VII  we  have  given  the  necessary  information 
with  regard  to  the  trustees,  officers,  and  faculty,  and  have  listed  the 
names  of  other  staff  personnel. 

This  catalog  is  primarily  a  record  of  the  1971-1972  session  of 
the  College.  The  academic  calendar  of  the  1972-1973  session  will 
be  found  in  the  back. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Page 

Foreword     2 

Table  of  Contents   3 

PART  I       Information  for  Prospective  Students   5 

A.  History    of    the    College    6 

B.  General    Information     6 

C.  Millsaps-Wilson    Library    8 

D.  Buildings  and   Grounds    8 

E.  Admission    Requirements     9 

F.  Applying    for  Admission    12 

G.  Counseling    Program     12 

H.  Student   Housing    13 

I.   Dining    Facilities     14 

J .   Medical    Services    14 

K.  Student    Center    14 

PART   II     Financial    Information    15 

A.  Tuition  and  Fees    16 

B.  Explanation  of  Fees 16 

C.  Financial    Regulations     18 

D.  Scholarships   and    Financial   Aid    19 

PART   1 1 1  Curriculum    31 

A.  Requirements  for   Degrees    32 

B.  Suggested    Degree    Programs     36 

C.  Educational    Certification    Programs    41 

D.  Cooperative    Programs     44 

E.  Special     Programs     47 

F.  Departments   of    Instruction    49 

PART    IV  Administration    of   the   Curriculum    91 

A.  Grades,   Honors,  Class  Standing    92 

B.  Administrative    Regulations     95 

PART  V     Student    Life     99 

A.  Religious    Activities     1 00 

B.  Convocation    Series     1 00 

C.  Athletics      101 

D.  Publications      1 02 

E.  Music   and    Drama    1 02 

F.  Student    Organizations     1 03 

G.  Medals   and   Prizes    1 06 

PART  VI    Register      Ill 

A.  Board    of    Trustees    112 

B.  Administration      114 

C.  Faculty     115 

D.  Staff    Personnel    1 20 

E.  Alumni     Association     122 

F.  Enrollment     Statistics     1 22 

Index    1 26 


THE  PURPOSE  OF  MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 

Millsaps  College  has  as  its  primary  aim  the  development  of  men  and  women 
for  responsible  leadership  and  well-rounded  lives  of  useful  service  to  their  fellow 
men,  their  country,  and  their  God.  It  seeks  to  function  as  a  community  of  learners 
where  faculty  and  students  together  seek  the  truth  that  frees  the  minds  of  men. 

As  an  institution  of  the  Methodist  Church,  Millsaps  College  is  dedicated  to 
the  idea  that  religion  is  a  vital  part  of  education;  that  education  is  an  integral 
part  of  the  Christian  religion;  and  that  church-related  colleges,  providing  a  sound 
academic  program  in  a  Christian  environment,  afford  a  kind  of  discipline  and 
influence  which  no  other  type  of  institution  can  offer.  The  College  provides  a 
congenial  atmosphere  where  persons  of  all  faiths  may  study  and  work  together 
for  the  development  of  their  physical,  intellectual,  and  spiritual  capacities. 

As  a  liberal  arts  college,  Millsaps  seeks  to  give  the  student  adequate 
breadth  and  depth  of  understanding  of  civilization  and  culture  in  order  to  broaden 
his  perspective,  to  enrich  his  personality,  and  to  enable  him  to  think  and  act 
intelligently  amid  the  complexities  of  the  modern  world.  The  curriculum  is 
designed  to  avoid  premature  specialization  and  to  integrate  the  humanities,  the 
social  studies,  and  the  natural  sciences  for  their  mutual  enrichment. 

The  College  recognizes  that  training  which  will  enable  a  person  to  support 
himself  adequately  is  an  essential  part  of  a  well-rounded  education.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  believes  that  one  of  the  chief  problems  of  modern  society  is  that  in  too 
many  cases  training  as  expert  technicians  has  not  been  accompanied  by  education 
for  good  citizenship.  It  offers,  therefore,  professional  and  pre-professional  training 
balanced  by  cultural  and  humane  studies.  In  an  environment  that  emphasizes 
the  cultural  and  esthetic  values  to  be  found  in  the  study  of  language,  literature, 
philosophy,  and  science,  the  student  at  Millsaps  can  also  obtain  the  necessary 
courses  to  prepare  him  for  service  in  such  fields  as  teaching,  journalism,  social 
work,  and  business  or  for  professional  study  in  these  areas  as  well  as  in  theology, 
medicine,  dentistry,  engineering,   law,  and  other  fields. 

As  an  institution  of  higher  learning,  Millsaps  College  fosters  an  attitude  of 
continuing  intellectual  awareness,  of  tolerance,  and  of  unbiased  inquiry,  without 
which  true  education  cannot  exist.  It  does  not  seek  to  indoctrinate,  but  to  inform 
and  inspire.  It  does  not  shape  the  student  in  a  common  mold  of  thought  and 
ideas,  but  rather  attempts  to  search  out  his  often  deeply  hidden  aptitudes,  capa- 
cities, and  aspirations  and  to  provide  opportunities  for  his  maximum  potential 
development.  It  seeks  to  broaden  his  horizons  and  to  lift  his  eyes  and  heart 
toward  the  higher  and  nobler  attributes  of  life.  The  desired  result  is  an  intelligent, 
voluntary  dedication  to  moral  principles  and  a  growing  social  consciousness  that 
will  guide  him  into  a  rich,  well-rounded  Christian  life,  with  ready  acceptance 
of  responsibility  to  neighbor,  state,  and  church. 

— adopted  by  the   Faculty  and   Board  of 
Trustees  of  Millsaps  College,   1955-56 


I 

Information  For 
Prospective  Students 


Founded  February  21,  1890,  Milisaps  is  one  of  the  youngest 
colleges  supported  by  the  Methodist  Church.  It  was  in  the  late 
eighties  that  the  Mississippi  Methodist  Conferences  appointed  a  joint 
commission  to  formulate  plans  for  a  "college  for  males  under  the 
auspices  and  control  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  South." 

Among  the  members  of  this  commission  were  Major  Reuben 
Webster  Milisaps,  Jackson  businessman  and  banker,  who  offered  to 
give  $50,000  to  endow  the  institution,  provided  Methodists  through- 
out the  state  matched  this  amount. 

Under  the  leadership  of  Bishop  Charles  Betts  Galloway,  the 
Methodists  met  the  challenge  of  Major  Milisaps.  The  charter  for  the 
College  was  granted  February  21,  1890,  and  the  College  opened  its 
doors  in  the  fall  of  1  892.  Co-education  was  instituted  in  the  seventh 
session. 

The  growth  of  the  College  through  the  years  has  been  made 
possible  by  gifts  from  innumerable  benefactors.  Besides  the  generous 
gifts  of  Major  Milisaps,  the  College  has  received  large  donations 
from  W.  S.  F.  Tatum,  R.  D.  Sanders,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  H.  J.  Wilson,  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  R.  L.  Ezelle,  the  W.  M.  Buie  family,  the  C.  R.  Ridgway 
family,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  E.  H.  Bacot,  and  Robert  Mason  Strieker.  Other 
individuals  have  endowed  scholarship  and  loan  funds,  which  are 
described  elsewhere  in  this  catalog. 

First  president  of  the  College  was  William  Belton  Murrah,  who 
served  until  1910.  Along  with  Bishop  Galloway  and  Major  Milisaps, 
Bishop  Murrah  is  commonly  thought  of  as  one  of  the  founders  of 
the   College. 

Other  presidents  have  been  David  Carlisle  Hull,  M.A.,  (1910- 
1912);  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins,  D.D.,  (1912-1923);  David  Martin 
Key,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  (1923-1938);  Marion  Lofton  Smith,  Ph.D.,  LL.D., 
(1938-1952);  Homer  Ellis  Finger,  Jr.,  B.D.,  D.D.,  (1952-1964); 
Benjamin  Barnes  Graves,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  (1964-1970);  and  Edward 
McDaniel  Collins,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  who  was  named  president  in  the 
summer  of    1  970. 


As  a  church  related  college  under  the  joint  sponsorship  of  the 
Mississippi  and  North  Mississippi  Conferences  of  the  United  Metho- 
dist Church,  Milisaps  adheres  to  the  view  that  one  of  the  fundamental 
bases  of  a  church-related  institution  is  Christian  in  the  sense  that 
knowledge  of  truth  is  part  of  its  work.  Milisaps,  therefore,  is  not 
narrow  in  its  outlook. 

As  a  small  college  with  an  enrollment  of  approximately  1,000 
students,  the  close  personal  relationship  that  exists  among  students, 
faculty,  and  administration  at  Milisaps  is  one  of  the  most  vital  parts 
of  the  college  experience. 

Milisaps  is  a  co-educational  college  with  an  enrollment  approxi- 
mately equal  between  men  and  women. 


GENERAL   INFORMATION 


HISTORY 
OF  THE 
COLLEGE 


GENERAL 
INFORMATION 


Millsaps  is  a  liberal  arts  college  with  the  primary  aim  of  training 
ts  students  for  responsible  citizenship  and  well-rounded  lives  rather 
han  for  narrow  professional  careers.  One  of  the  chief  curses  of  our 
nodern  society  is  that  so  many  of  our  people  are  expert  lawyers,  or 
lectors,  or  business  men,  or  brick  layers,  without  at  the  same  time 
leing  good  citizens.  Millsaps  attempts  to  remedy  this  situation  by 
raining    its   students,    in   whatever   field   of   study   they   may   choose, 

0  be  community  leaders  and  responsible  citizens. 

Offering  professional  and  pre-professional  training  balanced  by 
:ultural  and  disciplinary  studies,  the  College  recognizes  that  training 
vhich  will  enable  a  person  to  support  himself  adequately  is  an  essen- 
ial  part  of  a  well-rounded  education.  Therefore,  the  student  at 
vAiilsaps  can  obtain  the  necessary  courses  to  prepare  him  directly  for 

1  business  career  or  for  service  in  education,  the  ministry,  or  social 
vork;  he  can  study  music  as  preparation  for  professional  work  in 
he  field,  as  well  as  for  its  esthetic  and  cultural  value;  and  he  can 
ibtain  thoroughly  sound  basic  courses  which  will  prepare  him  for 
)rofessional  study  in  medicine,  dentistry,  law,  and  other  fields.  Pro- 
essional  leaders  in  all  fields  recognize  that  the  most  valuable  mem- 
)ers  of  their  profession  are  those  who  have  something  more  in  their 
)ackground  than  narrow  technical  study. 

The  College  selects  its  student  carefully  on  their  ability  to  think, 
desire  to  learn,  good  moral  character,  and  intellectual  maturity.  The 
primary  consideration  in  acting  on  all  applications  for  admission  is 
he  ability  to  do  college  work  in  a  measure  satisfactory  to  the  College 
)nd  beneficial  to  the  student. 

Millsaps  has  a  cosmopolitan  student  body  representing  a  whole 
geographical  area  and  including  persons  of  all  races  and  religious 
Faiths.  During  a  typical  semester,  approximately  thirty  states  and  a 
nalf-dozen  foreign  countries  are  represented  in  the  student  body.  In 
terms  of  religious  affiliation,  the  students  come  from  some  twenty- 
Five  different  denominations. 

The  capital  city  of  the  state  gives  the  College  an  ideal  location. 
NAany  educational  advantages  may  be  found  in  Jackson  in  addition 
1-0  the  courses  offered  at  the  College.  The  State  Department  of  Ar- 
:hives  and  History,  the  State  Library,  the  Library  of  the  State  De- 
partment of  Health,  and  the  Jackson  Public  Library  provide  research 
facilities  found  nowhere  else  in  the  state.  The  Jackson  Symphony 
Orchestra,  Jackson  Little  Theatre,  the  New  Stage  Theatre,  The  Jack- 
son Opera  Guild,  Inc.,  and  numerous  musical,  dramatic,  and  sporting 
events  staged  at  the  City  Auditorium  and  the  Mississippi  Coliseum 
add   materially  to  the  cultural   advantages   available. 

Fully  accredited  by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Schools,  and  approved  by  the  American  Association  of  University 
Women  and  the  University  Senate  of  the  United  Methodist  Church, 
Millsaps  College  is  recognized  by  the  General  Board  of  Education 
of  the  United  Methodist  Church  as  one  of  its  strongest  institutions. 


GENERAL   INFORMATION 


The  Library  of  Millsaps  College  currently  contains  approximately 
100,000  volumes  and  650  periodical  subscriptions. 

The  library  was  begun  in  1  905  on  a  grant  of  Andrew  Carnegie 
and  an  endowment  of  Major  Millsaps.  In  1925  the  Carnegie  Corpora- 
tion provided  the  funds  for  a  new  building  which  was  redecorated  in 
1944. 

An  enlarged  and  remodeled  building  was  dedicated  in  Sep- 
tember, 1955,  a  result  of  the  Million-for-Millsaps  Campaign  and 
the  generosity  of  the  H.  J.  Wilson  family,  and  in  1971  the  library 
was  further  expanded  as  a  part  of  a  new  Academic  Complex.  The 
library  provides  individual  study  carrels  and  rooms,  browsing  and 
lounge  areas.  In  addition  to  research  materials,  there  is  a  collection 
of  audiovisual   materials  and  dial-access  listening  facilities. 

Special  collections  in  the  library  include  the  Lehman  Engel 
Collection  of  books,  manuscripts,  recordings,  art  objects  and  corres- 
pondence relating  to  the  theatre  and  the  arts;  the  Mississippi  Metho- 
dist Archives,  administered  by  Dr.  J.  B.  Cain;  a  rare  book  collection; 
and  the  Kellogg  Collection  of  juvenile  books  and  curriculum  materials. 

The  library  hours  are  as  follows:  Monday  through  Thursday, 
7:45  a.m.  to  10:00  p.m.;  Friday,  7:45  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m.;  Saturday, 
9:00  to  5:00  p.m.;  Sunday,  2:00  p.m.  to  10:00  p.m.  The  library 
maintains  limited  service  during  school  vacations. 


The  campus,  covering  nearly  100  acres  in  the  center  of  a  beauti- 
ful residential  section  and  on  one  of  the  highest  points  in  the  city, 
is  valued  at  approximately  eight  million  dollars. 

The  administration  building,  Murrah  Hall,  was  erected  in  1914; 
the  Sullivan-Harrell  Science  Hall  in  1928;  and  the  Buie  Memorial 
Gymnasium  in  1936.  The  James  Observatory  provides  excellent  facili- 
ties for  students  of  astronomy  and  is  also  made  available  on  frequent 
occasions  to  the  citizens  of  Jackson  and  surrounding  areas.  Recent 
grants  and  gifts  have  made  possible  the  addition  of  completely  modern 
equipment  for  the  science  laboratories. 

The  Christian  Center  Building  was  completed  in  1950.  It  was 
made  possible  by  the  gifts  of  Mississippi  Methodists,  alumni,  and 
friends  of  the  College.  This  building  has  an  auditorium  seating  more 
than  1000  persons,  a  small  chapel,  classrooms,  and  offices.  In  1967 
the  stage  was  renovated  into  a  modern  theatre  stage.  Seminar  rooms 
and  faculty  offices  were  added.  The  whole  building  was  air-condi- 
tioned. 

In  1955  the  Carnegie-Milisaps  Library  was  modernized  and 
enlarged  to  three  times  its  former  size.  It  was  the  first  building  to 
be  constructed  with  the  Million-for-Millsaps  funds  and  has  been 
renamed  the  Millsaps-Wilson   Library. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


MILLSAPS-WILJJI 
LIBRARY  i 


BUILDINGS 

AND 

GROUNDS 


A  building  completed  in  1957,  also  financed  from  the  Million- 
for-Millsaps  funds,  is  the  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center.  This  build- 
ing houses  the  offices  of  the  Dean  of  Women,  the  Dean  of  Men,  the 
food  services,  the  bookstore,  the  post  office,  the  student  activity 
quarters,  and  recreation  area. 

There  are  air-conditioned  dormitories  for  both  men  and  women 
students.  A  dormitory  for  women,  Becky  Bacot  Hall,  and  one  for 
men  were  opened  in  the  fail  of  1966.  Fae  Franklin  for  women  and 
Ezelle  for  men  were  opened  in  1958.  These  buildings  are  modern 
and  convenient.  Whitworth  and  Sanders  Halls  also  house  women 
students. 

The  Sullivan-Harrell  Science  Hall  was  completely  renovated, 
expanded,  and  modernized  in  1963,  creating  the  Millsaps  College 
Science  Center.  The  furnishings  and  new  equipment  were  designated 
a  memorial  to  Dr.  Joseph  Bailey  Price.  A  part  of  the  funds  from 
the  Seventy-Fifth  Anniversary  Development  Program  was  used  in  this 
renovation. 

The  Academic  Complex  was  completed  in  the  spring  of  1971. 
The  three-story  building  almost  doubles  the  area  available  to  the 
Library.  It  also  houses  a  small  auditorium  in  which  is  located  a 
forty-one  rank  Mohler  Organ.  This  building  also  houses  the  Music 
Department,  the  skylit  art  studios,  the  Business  and  Economics  De- 
partment, the  Political  Science  Department,  a  computer  room,  class- 
rooms of  varying  sizes  and  composition,  a  listening  laboratory  and 
a  music  laboratory. 

The  campus  contains  fields  for  football,  baseball,  and  soccer, 
a  track  and  tennis  court. 


Millsaps  College  will  accept  as  members  of  its  student  body 
young  men  and  women  of  all  races  and  religious  faiths  who  are  well 
qualified  to  benefit  from  the  kind  of  academic  program  offered  by 
the  College.  Applicants  for  admission  must  furnish  evidence  of: 

1 .  Good   moral   character 

2.  Sound  physical  and  mental  health 

3.  Adequate  scholastic  preparation 

4.  Intellectual   maturity 

Application  for  admission  to  freshman  standing  may  be  made 
according  to  either  of  the  following  plans: 

1.     By  Certificate. 

Graduates  of  an  accredited  high  school  or  secondary  school 
may  be  admitted  to  freshman  standing  on  presentation  of  a 
transcript  signed  by  the  proper  authorities  of  that  school,  showing 
the   kind  and  amount  of  scholastic  work  done,   provided  that: 

,  ADMISSION    REQUIREMENTS 


ADMISSION 
REQUIREMENTS 


Freshman 
Admission 


(a)  The  student's  record  shows  the  satisfactory  completion  of  at 
least  sixteen  acceptable  units  of  secondary  school  work. 

(b)  One-half  of  the  units  of  secondary  school  work  accepted  for 
entrance  must  be  in  English,  mathematics,  and  social  studies 
or  foreign  language.  These  units  should  normally  include 
four  units  of  English,  two  units  of  mathematics,  and  at  least 
two  units  of  history,  other  social  studies,  or  foreign  language. 

(c)  Not  more  than  four  vocational  units  may  be  included  in  those 
required   for  entrance. 

(d)  Students  applying  for  admission  are  required  to  submit  the 
results  of  either  the  American  College  Test  (ACT)  or  the 
Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  of  the  College  Entrance 
Examination  Board. 

By   Examination. 

Students  who  have  not  regularly  prepared  for  college  in  a 
recognized  secondary  school  may  apply  for  admission  by  making 
a  complete  statement  regarding  qualifications  and  training.  Such 
students  may  be  regularly  admitted  if  they  qualify  in  a  battery 
of  achievement  examinations  given  at  the  College  under  the 
direction  of  the  Office  of  Student  Personnel.  These  examinations 
are  given  on  the  scholastic  work  covered  by  the  list  of  secondary 
units  approved  by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Secondary  Schools. 

College  Entrance  Examination  Board  certificates  or  the  high 
school  level  General  Educational  Development  Test  may  be  ac- 
cepted in  place  of  high  school  certificates  or  examination  by 
Millsaps  College. 


1.  Millsaps  College  normally  allows  full  credit  to  transfer  students 
on  work  taken  at  other  accredited  institutions.  Some  courses  which 
are  not  regarded  as  consistent  with  a  liberal  arts  curriculum,  may 
not  be  credited  toward  a  degree. 

2.  Students  with  good  records  at  non-accredited  institutions  may  be 
admitted  on  probation,  and  the  work  done  at  such  institutions 
will  be  validated  if  the  student  makes  a  satisfactory  record  the 
first  year  at  Millsaps. 

3.  A  maximum  of  64  semester  hours  of  credit  will  be  allowed  from 
a   junior  college. 

4.  Full  credit  is  allowed  for  all  junior  college  academic  courses  of 
freshman  and  sophomore  level  and  full  elective  credit  allowed 
for  other  courses,  with  the  proviso  that  junior  college  transfers 
may  be  called  upon  to  do  extra  work  necessary  to  fulfill  the 
requirements  at  Millsaps  for  majors,  for  pre-professional  work, 
and  for  professional  teaching  licenses. 

5.  After  earning  64  semester  hours  of  credit  at  a  senior  or  junior 
college,  a  student  will  not  be  granted  any  additional  credit  toward 
a  degree  at  Millsaps  for  work  done  at  a  junior  college. 

ADMISSION   REQUIREMENTS 


Advanced 
Admission 


10 


5.  Grades  and  quality  points  made  by  students  at  other  institutions 
will  be  recorded  on  their  records  at  Millsaps;  but,  in  the  minimum 
of  240  quality  points  required  for  graduation,  transfer  students 
must  earn  quality  points  at  Millsaps  at  least  double  the  number 
of  hours  of  academic  credit  remaining  on  their  graduation  re- 
quirements after  transfer  credits  are   entered. 

1.  In  the  case  of  students  transferring  to  Millsaps  with  more  than 
3  but  less  than  6  hours  credit  in  a  required  subject,  the  head 
of  the  department  concerned  is  authorized  to  approve  a  3 -hour 
elective  in  that  department  as  a  substitute  for  the  remainder  of 
the    required    course. 

3.     Credit  will  not  be  given  for  work  done  by  correspondence. 


1.  A  special  student  is  one  who  enrolls  for  less  than  12  hours  of 
academic  work  per  semester  or  one  who  has  previously  received 
a  baccalaureate  degree.  Students  in  their  senior  year  taking  all 
the  work  required  to  complete  a  degree  are  not  considered  special 
students,  even  though  taking  less  than   1  2  hours. 

2.  For  admission  as  a  special  student  the  candidate  must  be  at  least 
21  years  of  age  and  must  present  adequate  proof  of  good  char- 
acter and  of  maturity  of  training. 

3.  Special  students  may  enroll  for  whatever  courses  they  desire  with- 
out regard  to  graduation  requirements,  but  must  in  all  cases  meet 
the   prerequisites   for   the   courses   elected    by   them. 

4.  No  special  student  may  be  recognized  as  a  candidate  for  a  degree 
unless  he  completes  all  entrance  requirements  at  least  one  year 
before  the  date  of  graduation.  No  college  credit  will  be  granted 
until  entrance  requirements  are  satisfied. 

5.  Special  students  are  not  permitted  to  represent  the  College  in 
intercollegiate  activities. 


Millsaps  College  participates  in  the  Advanced  Placement  Pro- 
gram which  is  administered  by  the  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board.  Advanced  placement  is  awarded  on  the  basis  of  good  perform- 
ance on  the  CEEB  Advanced  Placement  Tests  or,  in  some  cases,  on 
placement  tests  given  by  Millsaps  College  during  freshman  orientation 
week.  Grades  of  5  or  4  on  the  CEEB  Advanced  Placement  Tests  are 
accepted  for  advanced   placement. 

A  student  who  has  made  a  score  of  5  or  4  on  one  or  more 
CEEB  Advanced  Placement  Tests  is  automatically  eligible  to  receive 
course  credit  as  well  as  advanced  placement  in  the  appropriate  field 
or  fields.  The  amount  of  credit  corresponds  to  the  amount  of  course 
work  waived,  up  to  a  maximum  of  8  semester  hours  in  any  one  field. 
The  student  must  decide  whether  or  not  to  accept  an  award  of  course 
credit  prior  to  registration  for  his  first  semester.  The  student  is 
advised  to  consult  his  assigned  faculty  adviser  or  the  chairman  of 
the  appropriate   department   before   making   his   decision. 

No  grades  or  quality  points  will  be  assigned  to  credit  hours 
granted   under  the   Advanced   Placement  Policy  stated   herein. 

ADMISSION    REQUIREMENTS 


Special   Student 
Admission 


Advanced 
Placement 


11 


All  persons  not  In  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  preceding 
regular  semester  must  apply  to  the  Admissions  Committee  and  be 
accepted  prior  to  registration  for  the  fall  and  spring  semesters. 

A  prospective  student  should  apply  for  admission  well  in  advance 
of  the  date  on  which  he  wishes  to  enter,  particularly  if  housing 
accommodations  on  the  campus  are  desired.  The  Admissions  Com- 
mittee begins  acting  in  December  on  completed  applications  for  both 
the   Spring   and    Fall   semesters. 

In  applying  for  admission  a  prospective  student  should  follow 
the  procedure   described  below: 

1 .  He  should  request  an  Application  for  Admission  from  the  Director 
of   Admissions. 

2.  He  should  fill  out  this  application  blank  and  the  accompanying 
housing  form  and  return  them  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  with 
the  $10.00  application  fee.  This  fee  is  not  refunded  to  a  student 
whose  application  is  approved  by  the  Admissions  Committee,  nor 
is  it  credited  to  the  student's  account.  The  fee  is  used  to  defray 
a  portion  of  the  expense  of  processing  the  application  for  ad- 
mission  or   readmission. 

3.  The  Freshman  applicant  should  have  a  Counselor  and  teachers 
forward  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  the  Personal  Reference 
forms,  which  will  be  supplied  with  the  application  blank.  The 
transfer  applicant  is  not  required  to  submit  these  forms. 

4.  He  should  have  his  high  school  principal  or  college  registrar  send 
an  official  transcript  of  his  credits  directly  to  the  Director  of 
Admissions.  A  separate  transcript  is  required  from  every  secondary 
school  or  college  attended,  even  though  credits  previously  earned 
are  included  on  the  transcript  from  the  school  last  attended.  A 
student  who  has  already  earned  some  college  credit,  however, 
need  not  have  a  separate  transcript  of  his  high  school  credits  sent 
if  these  are  included  on  his  college  transcript. 

5.  He  must  submit  results  of  either  the  American  College  Test 
(ACT)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  of  the  College 
Entrance  Examination  Board  to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  The 
Freshman  applicant  should  take  one  of  these  tests  as  early  as 
possible,  preferably  on  the  earliest  Fall  testing  date  during  the 
senior  year. 

If  the  prospective  student  is  in  school  at  the  time  he  applies  for 
admission,  he  should  have  a  transcript  sent  showing  his  credits  up 
to  that  time.  If  he  is  accepted,  a  supplementary  transcript  will  be 
required   later  showing   the  completion   of  his   work. 


The  fundamental  objective  of  alf  counseling  services  is  to  assist 
each  student  to  be  ready  and  able  to  accomplish  maximum  success 
in  his  academic  work.  Consequently,  every  member  of  the  college 
community  participates  in  counseling,  and  specialists  from  the  com- 
munity are  used  as  referral  resources  when  the  nature  of  a  student's 
problem  requires  highly  specialized  therapy.  Basically,  the  divisions 
of  the  counseling  program  are  as  follows: 


APPLYING  FOR  ADMISSION/COUNSELING 


APPLYING 

FOR 

ADMISSION 


COUNSELING 
PROGRAM 


12 


In  order  to  assist  new  and  prospective  students  to  plan  wisely  in 
looking  forward  to  their  college  careers,  the  College  will  provide 
counseling  services  to  any  prospective  student  who  may  desire  to 
explore  his  vocational  and  educational  objectives  before  he  enters 
his  classes  in  the  fall  semester.  Students  who  have  been  admitted 
are  urged  to  take  advantage  of  this  service. 

All  freshmen  are  expected  to  be  on  the  campus  on  August  28, 
1972,  to  participate  in  the  orientation  program.  Transfer  students 
are  expected  on  Tuesday,  August  29,  1972.  This  program  is  developed 
and  executed  cooperatively  by  students  and  faculty  for  the  purpose 
of  assisting  students  to  be  adequately  prepared  for  entering  fully  into 
the   college    program. 

Each  new  student  at  Millsaps  is  assigned  to  a  member  of  the 
faculty  who  serves  as  the  adviser  for  that  student  with  respect  to 
his  academic  program.  At  the  time  a  student  chooses  his  major  field 
of  study,  his  major  professor  automatically  becomes  his  faculty  adviser. 

Particular  attention  is  given  by  the  Office  of  Student  Personnel 
to  counseling  students  on  such  matters  as  vocational  choice,  selection 
of  fields  of  study,  study  skills,  reading  skills,  emotional  adjustment, 
and   similar  college    student    problems. 

Any  student  registered  in  the  College  has  available  to  him 
individual  testing  services  to  assist  him  in  self-analysis  and  planning 
in  terms  of  his  individual  aptitudes,  interests,  and  personality  char- 
acteristics. 

The  housing  program  of  the  College  is  coordinated  by  the  Dean 
of  Men  and  the  Dean  of  Women  in  cooperation  with  the  dormitory 
housemothers,  counselors,  and  managers.  Men  students  live  in  our 
men's  residence  halls  or  in  fraternity  houses.  Only  active  members  of 
a  fraternity  are  permitted  to  live  in  its  house.  Women  students  live 
in  our  women's  residence  halls.  The  regulations  by  which  resident 
women  students  are  governed  are  formulated  and  administered  by 
the  Women's  Student  Government  Association.  All  dormitory  residents 
are  expected  to  maintain  their  rooms  in  a  clean  and  reasonably  neat 
condition. 

All  out-of-town  students  are  required  to  reside  in  college  hous- 
ing facilities,  unless  they  have  received  permission,  in  writing,  through 
the  Office  of  Student  Personnel  to  live  in  off-campus  housing.  Appli- 
cation forms  for  permission  to  live  off  campus  are  available  in  the 
Student  Personnel  Office.  Out-of-town  students  wishing  to  live  off 
campus  should  complete  these  forms  and  receive  approval  in  advance 
of  any  move  and  before  incurring  obligations  to  a  prospective  land- 
lord. No  out-of-town  student  classified  below  the  junior  level  will 
be  given  permission  to  live  off  campus.  Students  who  desire  to  live 
with  relatives  while  attending  Millsaps  must  secure  permission  in 
writing  from  the  Office  of  Student  Personnel. 

Dormitory  facilities  are  designed  to  house  two  students  in  each 
space.  Students  desiring  to  room  together  should  make  every  effort 
to  pay  reservation  fees  at  the  same  time  and  to  specify  their  desire 
to  room  together.  Room  assignments  are  made  in  the  order  in  which 

COUNSELING/HOUSING 


Pre -Registration 
Counseling 


Orientation 


Faculty 
Advisers 


Personal 
Counseling 


Testing 

STUDENT 
HOUSING 


13 


students'  reservation  fees  or  completed  applications  have  been  re- 
ceived, whichever  is  later.  Preferences  for  a  particular  room  will  be 
honored  unless  it  has  been  taken  by  someone  whose  eligibility  for 
the  room  entitles  him  to  it. 

After  notification  of  room  assignment,  a  student  must  accept 
or  reject  the  assignment  in  writing  within  two  weeks  of  the  notifica- 
tion.   Room   rent  cannot  be   refunded   after  the   semester   has   begun. 

Dormitories  open  for  occupancy  at  2  p.m.  of  the  day  preceding 
each  term  or  semester  and  close  at  4  p.m.  on  the  last  day  of  each 
term  or  semester.  All  dormitories  close  at  2  p.m.  on  the  afternoon 
of  the  day  that  Christmas  and  spring  holidays  begin  and  re-open  at 
2  p.m.  on  the  day  immediately  preceding  the  day  that  classes  resume 
following  the  holiday  period.  No  students  can  be  housed  in  the 
dormitories   during   the   Christmas   holiday   period. 

The   College   Dining    Hall    and   the   College    Grill    are    located    in  HININP 

the  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center.  These  food  services  are  under 
contract   to  a    professional   food   service   company   to   assure   the   best  FACILITIES 

in  food  and  service  at  moderate  rates.  The  average  cost  per  meal 
to  the  student  is  67<i.  Three  meals  per  day  purchased  with  cash  will 
average   $1.20   per   meal. 

The  College  Grill  is  in  the  same  building  with  the  Dining  Hall. 
It  is  available  to  those  who  wish  a  la  carte  service  and  short  orders. 
There  is  a  complete  soda  fountain  service.  The  Grill  operates  on  a 
cash   sales   basis. 

The  medical  services  are  designed  to  provide  treatment  and  care  MEDIOAL 

for  students  with  minor  illnesses,  diagnostic  and  referral  services  and 
to   implement   preventive   and   educational   programs.   The   services   of  SERVICES 

the  college  physician  are  available  through  the  nurse  on  duty  or 
one  of  the  housemothers. 

Students  with  minor  illnesses  are  cared  for  on  campus.  More 
serious  illnesses  or  those  requiring  long-term  care  are  referred  to  one 
of  the  local  hospitals  or  to  home  on  a  private  patient  basis.  Each 
student  is  urged  to  have  insurance  for  medical  care,  either  through  a 
family  policy  or  by  enrolling  in  the  group  insurance  made  available 
through  the   College. 

New  students  are  required  to  have  their  personal  physicians 
complete  and  mail  in  a  physical  examination  form.  This  form  is 
provided  the  student  before  the  opening  of  the  term  in  which  he  will 
enroll.  In  addition,  each  new  student  is  required  to  have  influenza 
immunizations    prior   to   enrollment. 

The   heart  of  a   small   college   is  the  close   relationship   between  STUDENT 

students  and  faculty.  From  this  relationship  pulses  the  life-blood  of 
the   campus   in   the   form   of   mutual    confidence,   mutual    respect,    and  CENTER 

mutual  concern  for  the  welfare  of  the  total  membership  of  the  college 
community.  The  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center  makes  a  unique 
contribution  to  the  College  by  serving  as  the  "living  room"  of  the 
campus  where  friends  can  meet  for  relaxation  and  enrichment  through 
interpersonal  contacts;  by  providing  a  center  for  extracurricular  activi- 
ties; by  providing  a  central  location  for  the  cafeteria,  the  grill,  the 
post  office,  and  the  bookstore;  by  serving  as  a  focal  point  for  com- 
muters and  off-campus  students;  and  by  providing  a  general  unifying 
influence    for   the    entire    campus. 

FACILrriES  AND  SERVICES  14 


Financial  Information 


Millsaps  College  is  an  independent  institution.  Each  student  is 
charged  a  tuition  fee  and  certain  general  fees  which  together  cover 
approximately  two-thirds  of  the  cost  of  his  education.  The  balance 
of  these  costs  is  met  by  income  from  endowment  and  by  gifts  from 
the  United  Methodist  Church,  alumni,  trustees,  parents,  and  other 
friends  who  are  interested  in  the  type  of  education  the  College 
provides.  Thus  each  student  who  is  admitted  is  initially  and  auto- 
matically granted  the  equivalent  of  a  scholarship  equal  to  one-third 
the  cost  of  his  education. 


The  expenses  of  a  student  at  Millsaps  College  will  depend  on 
a  variety  of  factors.   Basic  expenses  for  one  semester  are  as  follows: 

Resident        Non-resident 

Tuition    $   500  $500 

General   Fee    205  205 

Room   rent    1 50  — 

Meals    225  — 

Total     $1080  $705 

Other  fees  and  charges  are  dependent  on  the  particular  courses 
for  which  the  student  registers,  and  on  special  circumstances  related 
to  his  registration.  A  schedule  of  these  fees  and  charges  is  given 
below. 


Fine   Arts   Fees 

Art   courses,    per  semester 

Each  course    (except  351  )     $    10.00 

Music  courses,  per  semester  for  private  lessons 

One  lesson  per  week   ( 1   hour  credit)    50.00 

One  lesson  per  week  ( 1   hour  credit,  4  in  class)    25.00 

Two  lessons  per  week  (2  or  more  hours  credit)    90.00 

Special   Students    (1    hour  credit)     75.00 

Special   Students    (2  hour  credit)     125.00 

Note:  The  above  fee  includes  use  of  practice  rooms. 

Science   Laboratory    Fees 

Administration  271,  272 5.00** 

Astronomy $1  0.00 

Biology    (except  491    and  492)     10.00 

Biology  401 ,  402    (2  hours  credit)     7.50 

Biology  401 ,  402   (1    hour  credit)     5.00 

Chemistry    (all    lab  courses  except   125-126)     10.00 

Chemistry  1  25- 1  26 1  5.00 

Chemistry    (all  laboratory  courses)     (breakage  fee)  15.00* 

Geology    1 0.00 

Geology  401,  402   (2  hours  credit)    7.50 

Geology  401,  402    (1    hour  credit)     5.00 

Mathematics  352   (Analog  Computer)    10.00 

Physics   (except  301,  321-322,  331,  336,  341, 

491-492)     10.00 

*unused  partion  refundable  at  end  of  semester. 
**per   credit   hour. 

TUITION   AND  FEES 


TUITION 
AND  FEES 


Semester 
Expenses 


EXPLANATION 
OF  FEES 
AND  CHARGES 


16 


Other  Laboratory   Fees 

Modern  Foreign  Language,  each  course 

($10.00   maximum)     $   5.00 

Computer  100  (depending  on  number  of  hours)  $1  5.00-$25.00 
Mathematics  391-392  (for  computer  offerings)  $1  5.00-$25.00 
Mathematics  401-402   (for  computer  offerings)    $1  5.00-$25.00 


This  is  a  composite  of  a  number  of  particular  fees,  and  is  paid 
by  all  full-time  students.   The   particular  fees   include: 

REGISTRATION  FEE.  This  covers  the  cost  of  the  registration 
process  and  the  maintenance  of  student  records. 

LIBRARY  FEE.  This  fee  goes  toward  the  maintenance  and 
strengthening  of  the  book  and  periodical  collection  in  the   library. 

CONVOCATION  FEE.  This  provides  a  fund  for  use  in  bringing 
to  the  Millsaps  community  and  the  city  of  Jackson  lecturers,  artists, 
musical  groups  and  drama  presentations. 

ACTIVITIES  FEE.  This  fee  is  used  to  support  the  Millsaps 
Singers,  the  Millsaps  Players,  the  Troubadours,  and  the  debate  pro- 
gram. The  payment  of  this  fee  entitles  each  full  time  student  to 
free   admission   to   the   performances   of   these   groups. 

STUDENT  ASSOCIATION  FEE.  The  funds  from  this  fee  are 
under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Student  Senate  for  the  support  of  the 
student  government,  and  of  the  Purple  and  White,  the  Bobashela,  and 
Stylus. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  FEE.  A  carefully  planned  athletic,  in- 
tramural, and  physical  education  program  is  maintained  by  the  Col- 
lege. Each  student  receives  the  advantages  afforded  by  the  golf 
course,  tennis  courts,  gymnasium,  and  athletic  fields.  In  addition 
the  student  is  admitted  to  ail  home  varsity  athletic  contests.  Physical 
education  students  are  furnished  with  towel  and  locker  service.  The 
intramural  teams  are  furnished  with  game  equipment  and  game 
officials. 


LATE  REGISTRATION  FEE.— A  fee  of  $3.00  will  be  charged 
any  full-time  student  who  registers  after  the  days  designated  in  the 
College  catalog.  Payment  of  semester  expenses  is  considered  a  part 
of   registration. 

CHANGE  OF  SCHEDULE  FEE.— A  fee  of  $3.00  will  be  charged 
for  each  change  of  schedule  authorization  processed  for  a  student. 
Two  such  fees  in  any  one  semester  will  be  the  maximum  any  student 
will  be  required  to  pay.  Any  change  of  schedule  initiated  by  the 
College  will  have  no  fee  involved. 

GRADUATION  FEE. — This  fee  of  $18.00  covers  the  cost  of  the 
diploma,  the  rental  of  a  cap  and  gown,  and  general  commencement 
expenses. 


TUITION  AND  FEES 


GENERAL 
FEE 


MISCELLANEOUS 
FEES 


17 


SPECIAL  STUDENTS. — A  special  student  is  one  who  takes  less 
than  twelve  semester  hours  of  academic  work  for  college  credit  or 
one  who  has  already  received  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Special  students 
pay  the  following   tuition   rates  plus  any   laboratory   fees    involved. 

Tuition   per  semester   hour: 

1    to   1  1    semester  hours  inclusive,  per  hour $47.00 

12  or  more  semester  hours Full  tuition  and  fees 

Students  taking  only  private  music  lessons  or  private  art  lessons 
for  college  credit  pay  a  registration  fee  of  $10  for  each  course  plus 
the  special  fees  for  the  courses  taken.  If  not  for  college  credit,  they 
pay  only  the  special  fee(s). 

A  student  taking  one  course  (credit  or  noncredit)  in  addition 
to  private  music  or  private  art  lessons  for  credit  will  pay  the  above 
$10  fee(s)  and  special  fee(s)  plus  the  special-student  tuition  and 
laboratory  fee  for  the  other  course. 

EXCESS  HOURS. — Students  registering  for  courses  in  excess  of 
eighteen  hours  will  be  charged  one-half  the  special  student  tuition 
for  each   additional   hour   per  semester. 

AUDITING  OF  COURSES. — Courses  are  audited  only  with  ap- 
proval of  the  Dean.  There  will  be  no  charge  to  a  full-time  student 
except  laboratory  fee  for  auditing  any  course.  Special  students  taking 
other  courses  may  audit  one  course  without  charge  except  for  the 
payment  of  a  laboratory  fee  that  may  be  involved.  A  person  not 
enrolled  in  any  courses  for  college  credit  will  be  charged  at  the 
hourly  rates  for  special  students.  A  student  auditing  the  classroom 
work  of  a  course  and  not  auditing  the  laboratory  work  will  not  be 
considered  as  having  a  laboratory  fee  involved.  A  student  auditing  a 
course  in  which  the  laboratory  work  and  classroom  work  cannot  be 
separated  will   be   required  to  pay  the   laboratory  fee. 


CLASSROOM  RESERVATION  FEE.— A  $25.00  classroom  reser- 
vation fee  must  be  paid  to  the  College  by  all  students  upon  notifica- 
tion of  acceptance.  If  a  student  decides  not  to  come  to  Millsaps  this 
fee  is  refundable  if  the  Admissions  Office  receives  a  request  for 
refund  by  July   1 . 

DORMITORY  RESERVATION  FEE. — A  $50.00  room  reservation 
fee  must  be  paid  by  all  new  students  requesting  campus  housing. 
This  fee  is  non  refundable.  Payment  is  required  by  July  1,  or 
thereafter  within  one   week  of  the  date  of  the   letter  of  acceptance. 

PAYMENTS. — All  charges  are  due  and  payable  two  weeks  prior 
to  the  opening  of  the  semester.  No  student  will  be  marked  present  in 
his  classes  until  payment  has  been  made  in  the  Business  Office  or 
satisfactory  financial  arrangements  have  been  made  with  the  Con- 
troller. In  the  event  financial  arrangements  are  made  with  the  Con- 
troller, a  service  charge  of  $15.00  will  be  made  for  the  privilege 
of  deferring  payment.  Failure  to  pay  accounts  on  or  before  the  due 
dates  will  debar  the  student  from  class  attendance  until  the  account 
is  settled   in   full. 


FINANCIAL  REGULATIONS 


FINANCIAL 
REGULATIONS 


Any  accounts  due  for  any  preceding  semester  must  be  paid 
efore  a  student  will  be  enrolled  for  the  succeeding  semester.  The 
Registrar  is  not  permitted  to  transfer  credits  until  all  outstanding 
ndebtedness   to   the   College    is   paid. 

No  student  will  be  allowed  to  graduate  unless  he  shall  have 
iettled  with  the  Business  Office  all  his  indebtedness  to  the  College, 
ncluding    library   fines  and   the   graduation    fee. 

REFUNDS.- — Room   rent  cannot  be   refunded  after  the   semester 

as  begun.  Unused  amounts  paid  in  advance  for  board  are  refundable. 

student  who  withdraws  with  good  reason  from  a  course  or  courses 

ithin   one  week   after  the   date   of  the   first   meeting   of   classes   on 

•eguiar  schedule  will  be  entitled  to  a  refund  of  80%   of  tuition  and 

■ees;  within  two  weeks,  60%;  within  three  weeks,  40%,  and  within 

■our  weeks,  20%.    If  a  student   remains   in  college  as  much  as  four 

veeks,   no   refund  will   be   made  except   for   board. 

The  date  of  withdrawal  from  which  all  claims  to  reductions  and 
refunds  will  be  referred  is  the  date  on  which  the  Registrar  is  officially 
notified  by  the  student  of  his  intention  to  withdraw.  (See  regulations 
•elative    to    withdrawals.) 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any 
student  at  any  time.  In  such  a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition 
will  be  returned,  except  that  students  withdrawing  under  discipline 
forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund  for  any  charges. 

MEAL  PLAN. — All  students  living  in  college  or  fraternity  hous- 
ing are   required  to  take  the  college  meal   plan. 

Non-resident  students  are  not  required  to  participate  in  a  meal 
plan.  However,  they  may  use  the  dining  hall  by  paying  the  set  fee 
per   meal. 

STUDENTS  ROOMING  IN  FRATERNITY  HOUSES.— Students 
rooming  in  fraternity  houses  eat  in  the  college  cafeteria.  Rules  regard- 
ing payment  of  board  and  fees  applicable  to  other  campus  residents 
will  be  observed  by  the  students   rooming    in  fraternity   houses. 

REVISION  OF  CHARGES.— Millsaps  College  reserves  the  privi- 
lege of  changing  any  or  all  charges  at  any  time  without  prior  notice. 


Millsaps  College  grants  scholarships  and  financial  aid  to  students 
Dn  two  bases:  academic  excellence  and  financial  need.  Information 
pertaining  to  these  matters  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Di- 
rector of  Financial  Aid. 

In  instances  of  financial  need  the  amount  of  aid  granted  is 
based  on  information  submitted  to  the  College  by  the  College 
Scholarship  Service  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  The 
College  Scholarship  Service  assists  colleges  and  universities  and  other 
agencies  in  determining  the  student's  need  for  financial  assistance. 
All  students  seeking  any  form  of  financial  assistance  are  required  to 
submit  a  copy  of  the  Parents'  Confidential  Statement  form  to  the 
College  Scholarship  Service,  designating  Millsaps  College  as  the  re- 
:ipient  by  the  first  of  April.  The  Parents'  Confidential  Statement  form 

FINANCIAL  AID 


SCHOLARSHIPS 
AND 
FINANCIAL  AID 


19 


may  be  obtained  from  a  secondary  school,  Millsaps  College,  or  the 
College  Scholarship  Service,  P.  O.  Box  176,  Princeton,  New  Jersey 
08540;  P.  O.  Box  881,  Evanston,  Illinois  60204;  or  P.  O.  Box  1025, 
Berkeley,  California  90704. 

The  David  Martin  Key  Scholarships  are  granted  to  promising  students 
who  are  designated  as  the  Key  Scholars.  The  scholarships  are  renew- 
able if  academic  requirements  are  met.  The  scholarships  were  estab- 
lished as  a  memorial  to  Dr.  David  Martin  Key,  who  served  the  College 
as  teacher  and  President  for  a  total  of  twenty-four  years. 
The  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins  Scholarships  go  to  students  outstanding 
in  leadership  and  scholarship  who  have  completed  their  studies  in 
junior  college.  The  scholarships  are  renewable  for  a  second  year  if 
the  student's  performance  is  satisfactory.  The  scholarships  were  estab- 
lished as  a  memorial  to  Dr.  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins  who  served 
the   College  as   President  from    1912-1923. 

Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarships  are  given  in  recognition  of  achieve- 
ment and  leadership  potential  as  well  as  academic  ability.  These 
awards  are  given  on  the  basis  of  high  school  records,  American 
College  Test  scores,  demonstrated  leadership  potential,  achievement, 
character,  and  financial  need.  Sixty  to  seventy  Diamond  Anniversary 
Scholarships  are  available  each  academic  year.  Some  will  be  honorary 
with  no  financial  grants  being  made.  Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarship 
recipients  are  selected  from  applicants  proposed  by  the  faculty  to 
the  Awards  Committee. 

The  Marion  L.  Smith  Scholarships  have  been  authorized  by  the  Board 
of  Trustees  in  honor  of  former  Millsaps  College  President  Marion  L. 
Smith.  The  scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to  selected  high  school 
seniors  who  attend  High  School  Day.  The  awards  are  made  on  the 
basis  of  interviews  conducted  during  High  School  Day  by  faculty 
members.  The  student's  high  school  record,  submitted  with  the  formal 
Application  for  Admission,  is  also  reviewed.  The  Marion  L.  Smith 
High  School  Day  Scholarships  are  one  year,  non-renewable  awards. 
They  range  in  value  up  to  $500  each. 

Millsaps  College  Merit  Scholarships  are  sponsored  by  the  College 
through  the  National  Merit  Scholarship  Corporation.  The  recipients 
are  selected  on  the  basis  of  ability  to  benefit  from  a  college  educa- 
tion, an  important  index  of  which  is  their  relative  scores  on  scholastic 
tests  given  by  the  National  Merit  Scholarship  Corporation.  Recipients 
must  be  Merit  Finalists  who  wish  to  attend  Millsaps  College  and 
are  qualified  to  do  so. 

United  Methodist  Scholarships  provide  $500  each  for  several  Metho- 
dist students  who  have  ranked  within  the  upper  fifteen  per  cent  of 
their  class. 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  at  the  end  of  each  session 
to  the  member  of  the  sophomore  or  junior  class  whose  quality  index 
is  highest  for  the  year,  subject  to  the  following  qualifications: 

1.  He  must  be  a  regular  student  with  not  less  than  thirty-two 
semester  hours'  work  for  the  year,  and  must  have  made  at  least 
"C"  in  each  of  the  subjects  studied. 

2.  He  must  be  qualified  for  work  assigned  by  the  President  of 
the   College. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


Competitive 
Scholarships 


20 


Children  of  Faculty  and  United  Methodist  Ministers  receive  scholar- 
hip  aid  from  the  College.  Those  eligible  are  the  children  of  United 
Methodist  ministers  serving  in  the  conferences  in  the  State  of  Mis- 
issippi  and  the  children  of  full-time  faculty  and  staff  members  of 
he  College. 

The  Foreign  Student  Scholarship  Program  was  established  during  the 
icademic  year  1963-64  to  support  the  Foreign  Student  Program  of 
*Aillsaps  College.  In  addition  to  financial  support,  the  Foreign  Student 
*rogram  attempts  to  offer  other  assistance  to  foreign  students  enrolled 
it   Millsaps. 

jeneral  Scholarship  Funds  are  budgeted  by  the  College  each  year  for 
he  purpose  of  giving  assistance  to  students  requiring  financial  aid. 
Jnited  Methodist  Ministerial  Students  annually  receive  a  full  tuition 
icholarship  from  the  College  while  they  attend   Millsaps. 

rhe  Burlie  Bagley  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1967  by  a 
jequest  from  the  estate  of  Miss  Burlie  Bagley  and  by  gifts  from 
nembers  of  Capitol  Street  United  Methodist  Church.  The  scholarship 
vill  be  awarded  to  a  student  who  is  training  for  full-time  Christian 
lervice. 

rhe  Bell-Vincent  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  Mr.  Francis 
ituart  Harmon,  an  alumnus  of  the  College  and  a  member  of  a 
)rominent  Mississippi  family.  Mr.  Harmon  created  this  fund  in  honor 
)f  his  maternal  great  grandfather,  Robert  Bell,  and  in  honor  of  his 
jreat  grandfather's  faithful  slave,  Vincent.  The  fund  is  to  be  used 
or  scholarship  aid  to  students  in  dire  need  and  coming  from  de- 
jrived   environments. 

rhe  J.  E.  Birmingham  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  has  been  donated 
)y  Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  F.  Conger,  of  Hernando,  Miss.,  honoring  Mrs. 
Monger's   father. 

rhe  Pet  and  Randall  Brewer  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  estab- 
ished  in  1 967  by  Miss  Christine  Brewer  in  memory  of  her  parents, 
*et  and  Randall  Brewer.  The  scholarship  will  be  awarded  each  year 
o  a  student  who  is  training  for  a  church-related  vocation. 
rhe  W.  H,  Brewer  Scholarship  was  created  by  his  son,  Mr.  Ed  C. 
3rewer  of  Clarksdale,  and  is  open  to  any  student  at  Millsaps  College. 
rhe  Dr.  T.  M.  Brownlee  and  Dan  F.  Crumpton,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund 
vas  established  in  1967  by  Mrs.  Dan  F.  Crumpton,  Sr.,  and  family 
o  honor  her  father.  Dr.  T.  M.  Brownlee,  a  Methodist  minister,  and 
ler  husband,  Dan  F.  Crumpton,  Sr. 

rhe  A.  Boyd  Campbell  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1964  in 
nemory  of  A.  Boyd  Campbell,  an  outstanding  citizen  of  the  state  of 
vMssissippi  and  friend  of  Millsaps  College. 

rhe  Dr.  Elbert  Alston  Cheek  and  Son  Scholarships  were  established  by 
v\rs.  Mae  Jack  Cheek  in  memory  of  her  husband.  Dr.  Elbert  Alston 
Iheek,  and  their  son,  Elbert  Alston  Cheek,  Jr. 

rhe  George  C.  Cortright  Sr.,  Scholarship  has  been  established  by  Mrs. 
Beorge  C.  Cortright,  Sr.,  of  Rolling  Fork,  and  her  son,  Mr.  George 
-.  Cortright,  Jr.,  as  a  memorial  to  Mr.  George  C.  Cortright,  Sr. 

FINANCIAL  AID 


InstituHonal 
Scholarships 


Endowed 
Scholarships 


21 


The  Dr.  and  Mrs.  J.  R.  Countiss,  Sr.,  Scholarship  was  established  in 
1950  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Countiss.  Dr.  Countiss  graduated  at  Millsaps  in 
1902,  was  for  many  years  a  member  of  its  Board  of  Trustees,  was  a 
member  of  the  North  Mississippi  Conference,  and  was  for  twenty-four 
years    President  of  Grenada   College. 

The  Dr.  and  Mrs.  C.  W.  Crisler  Scholarship  was  established  by  Dr. 
Charles  W.  Crisler  in  memory  of  his  wife.  Dr.  Crisler  was  a  Methodist 
minister  and  a  member  of  the  Mississippi  Conference  for  more  than 
fifty  years. 

The  Helen  Daniel  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in  1970  in 
honor  of  Mrs.  Daniel  by  members  of  her  family.  Mrs.  Daniel  was 
a  housemother  at  Millsaps  from  1952  to  1969.  Since  her  death  in 
1971  many  friends  and  members  of  her  family  have  contributed  to 
the  scholarship  in  her  memory. 

The  Josie  Millsaps  Fitzhugh  Scholarship  was  made  possible  by  a  be- 
quest from  Mrs.   Fitzhugh. 

The  Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
1964  in  honor  of  Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin,  who  retired  as  Bishop 
of  the  Jackson  Area  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  in  that  same 
year.  This  fund  was  endowed  by  his  many  friends  and  co-workers  of 
the  North  Mississippi  Annual  Conference.  Preference  is  to  be  given 
to  a  pre-theological  student  or  to  some  student  preparing  for  a  full- 
time   church    vocation. 

The  Marvin  Galloway  Scholarship  was  created  for  the  purpose  of 
aiding  worthy  students  who  need  financial  assistance. 
The  N.  J.  Golding  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1966  by  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  N.  J.  Golding,  Jr.,  in  honor  of  Dr.  N.  J.  Golding,  who  for 
30  years  was  Secretary  of  the  Millsaps  College  Board  of  Trustees  and 
whose  service  to  the  Methodist  Church  in  Mississippi  extended  over 
a  period  of  a  half  century.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be 
awarded  each  year  to  a  ministerial  student  or  under  certain  circum- 
stances  to  a  chemistry  major. 

The  Clara  Barton  Green  Scholarship  was  created  by  her  husband, 
Wharton  Green,  of  the  Class  of  1898,  and  their  three  children, 
Margaret  G.  Runyon,  Clarissa  G.  Coddington,  and  Wharton  Green,  Jr. 
The  Wharton  Green  '98  Scholarship  was  established  by  Mr.  Green  on 
the  50th  anniversary  of  his  graduation.  Mr.  Green  was  a  consulting 
engineer  in  New  York  for  many  years. 

The  Clyde  W.  Hall  Scholarship  was  established  in  1953  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Clyde  W.  Hall  of  New  Albany,  Mississippi. 
The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1  966 
by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  of  New  Albany,  Mississippi. 
The  James  E.  Hardin  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
1967  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  W.  Hardin  and  Reid-McGee  &  Company 
in  memory  of  James  E.  Hardin,  the  son  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Hardin 
and  a  prominent  attorney  in  the  city  of  Jackson.  Income  is  to  be 
awarded  to  a   pre-law  student  at  Millsaps. 

The  John  Paul  Henry  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1969  by 
Mrs.  John  Paul  Henry  in  memory  of  her  husband.  Preference  shall 
be  given  to  a  student  preparing  for  the  ministry  in  the  United  Metho- 
dist  Church. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


22 


The  Alvin  Jon  King  Music  Scholarship  was  established  in  December, 
954,  by  an  anonymous  donor  to  honor  Alvin  Jon  King,  the  director 
)f  the  Millsaps  Singers  from  1934-1956.  Income  from  this  fund  Is 
jiven  to  one  or  more  students  in  music  or  music  activities  of  the 
i^ollege. 

The  Norma  C.  Moore  Lawrence  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was 
!Stablished  by  bequest  of  Mrs.  Lawrence.  The  fund  provides  loans 
ind  grants  to  worthy  students  in  their  pursuit  of  an  education. 
The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  W.  C.  Lester  Scholarship  Fund  was  established 
n  1959  by  the  will  of  the  late  Miss  Daisy  Lester  as  a  memorial  to 
ner   parents. 

The  Susan  Long  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1967 
3y  the  Reverend  and  Mrs.  J.  E.  Long  in  memory  of  their  daughter, 
5usan  Long,  a  1966  graduate  of  Millsaps  College. 
The  Will  and  Delia  McGehee  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in 
1965,  as  a  memorial  to  Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  E.  McGehee.  Interest  will 
go  to  a  ministerial  student  selected  by  the  College. 

The  Lida  Ellsberry  Malone  Scholarship  was  established  in  1968  by  Dr. 
and  Mrs.  W.  E.  Calhoun  of  Moss  Point,  Mississippi,  in  honor  of  their 
aunt,  Miss  Lida  Ellsberry  Malone  of  Pensacola,  Florida. 
The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  W.  Mars  Scholarship  was  created  by  Mrs.  Mars 
and  her  three  sons,  Norman,  Henry,  and  Lewis  of  Philadelphia,  Mis- 
sissippi, and  daughter,  Mrs.  D.  W.  Bridges  of  Athens,  Georgia. 
Scholarships  are  to  be  given  to  ministerial  students. 

The  Robert  and  Marie  May  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1969 
by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  0.  May  of  Greenville. 

The  Arthur  C.  Miller  Pre-Engineering  Scholarship  Fund  was  estab- 
lished in  1966  during  the  lifetime  of  Mr.  Arthur  C.  Miller  by  the 
firm  of  Michael  Baker,  Jr.,  Inc.,  as  an  honor  to  him  and  now  it 
serves  as  a  memorial  to  him.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be 
awarded  to  a   pre-engineering  student. 

The  Millsaps  Ministerial  Scholarship  was  established  in  1950  by  the 
Millsaps  Club  of  the  Mississippi  Conference  of  the  United  Methodist 
Church.  The  income   is  awarded  to  ministerial  students. 

The  Mitchell  Scholarship  was  established  in  1951  by  the  late  Benja- 
min Ernest  Mitchell  as  a  memorial  to  his  wife,  Elizabeth  Scott  Mit- 
chell. Upon  Dr.  Mitchell's  death  in  1964,  the  scholarship  was  re- 
designated, at  the  request  of  his  daughters,  as  a  memorial  to  their 
parents. 

The  Harvey  T.  Newell,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  by 
the  friends  of  Mr.  Newell,  a  1933  graduate.  At  the  time  of  his 
accidental  death  in  1953,  the  prominent  young  business  executive 
was  on  official  business  in  his  office  as  National  President  of  Pi 
Kappa  Alpha  Fraternity. 

The  Bishop  Edward  J.  Pendergrass  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
1965  in  honor  of  Bishop  Pendergrass,  the  presiding  United  Methodist 
Bishop  of  the  Jackson  area.  This  fund  was  endowed  by  Mr.  C.  R. 
Ridgway  of  Jackson,  Mississippi.  Interest  from  this  fund  will  go  as 
a   scholarship   to   a    Millsaps    ministerial    student. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


1  f^B^^^M 

23 


The  Lillian  Emily  Benson  Priddy  Scholarship  was  established  in  1961, 
in  memory  of  Mrs.  Richard  R.  Priddy.  Known  as  the  Lillian  Emily 
Benson  Priddy  Woman's  Christian  Workers  Fund,  yearly  awards  are 
applied  toward  tuition  of  a  young  woman  who  is  training  for  full-time 
Christian  service. 

The  Kelly  Mouzon  Pylant  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  provides  annual 
financial  assistance  to  a  student  preparing  to  enter  the  mission  field 
or  other  area  of  Christian  service.  The  scholarship  fund  was  estab- 
lished by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  J.  Smyly  in  memory  of  hAr.  Pylant,  Mrs. 
Smyly's  former  husband  who  died  in  1 964.  Mouzon  Pylant  was  a 
student  at  Millsaps  in   1929-1930. 

The  R.  S.  Ricketts  Scholarship  was  created  by  Professor  Ricketts'  two 
sons  and  named  for  their  father,  a  long-time  member  of  the  Millsaps 
faculty. 

The  Frank  and  Betty  Robinson  Memorial  Scholarship  was  made  pos- 
sible by  the  bequest  of  Mrs.  Meddie  R.  Cox,  who  during  her  lifetime 
provided  financial  assistance  for  many  Millsaps  students.  The  scholar- 
ship is  in  memory  of  her  parents. 

The  H.  Lowry  Rush,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1968  by 
the  membership  of  the  Central  United  Methodist  C'lurch  of  Meridian 
in  honor  of  Dr.  H.  Lowry  Rush,  Sr.,  who  was  a  prominent  physician 
in  the  city  of  Meridian.  Interest  will  be  awarded  annually  to  a 
ministerial  student. 

The  Richard  O.  Rush  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1968  by 
Richard  O.  Rush  to  help  students  attending  Millsaps  College. 

The  Charles  Christopher  Scott  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
1  967  by  Mrs.  Charles  Christopher  Scott,  Mr.  Frank  T.  Scott,  and  other 
members  of  the  family,  in  memory  of  Charles  Christopher  Scott,   III. 

The  George  W.  Scott,  Jr.,  Scholarship  was  established  by  Mrs.  George 
W.  Scott,  Jr.,  of  Corinth,  in  memory  of  her  husband.  The  scholarship 
will   be  awarded   to   a   ministerial   student. 

The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp  Scholarship  Fund  was  estab- 
lished in  1966  in  honor  of  the  Reverend  and  Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp 
of  Forest,  Mississippi.  Income  is  to  be  used  for  scholarships  with 
preference  given  to  ministerial  students. 

The  Albert  Burnell  Shelton  Scholarship  was  established  in  the  fall  of 
1955  by  Mrs.  A.  B.  Shelton  of  Lambert,  Mississippi,  as  a  memorial 
to  her  late  husband. 

The  William  Sharp  Shipman  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund  was  estab- 
lished in  1964  by  Mr.  Austin  L.  Shipman  in  memory  of  his  father, 
a  minister  of  the  Methodist  Church  for  over  fifty  years.  The  recipient 
is  to  be  a  senior  ministerial  student  chosen  by  the  Advisory  Com- 
mittee of  the  Foundation. 

The  Willie  E.  Smith  Scholarship  was  established  by  Mrs.  Willie  E. 
Smith  in  1951.  Interest  from  the  fund  will  go  to  some  ministerial 
student  selected  by  the  College. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


24 


The  Dr.  Benjamin  M.  Stevens  Scholarship  Fund  Of  The  Hattiesburg 
District  of  The  United  Methodist  Church  was  established  in  1966  by 
the  membership  of  the  Methodist  churches  in  the  Hattiesburg  District 
in  honor  of  Dr.  Benjamin  M.  Stevens  for  leadership  for  twenty-six 
years  as  District  Lay  Leader  and  Lay  Leader  in  the  Mississippi  Annual 
Conference.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  student 
of  the  Hattiesburg  District  with  preference  given  to  a  ministerial 
student. 

The  E.  B.  Stewart  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1969 
by  Edward  Stewart  and  friends  in  memory  of  his  father,  E.  B.  Stewart. 
Income  from  this  fund  is  given  to  students  interested  in  the  study 
and  development  of  human  relations. 

The  R.  Mason  Strieker  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
1967  by  Dr.  R.  Mason  Strieker.  The  income  from  this  fund  is 
awarded  to  worthy  students  in  their  pursuit  of  an  education. 

The  Mike  P.  Sturdivant  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  Mr.  Mike 
P.  Sturdivant  in  1965.  Interest  from  the  fund  will  go  to  a  worthy 
student. 

The  Sullivan  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in  memory  of  Dr. 
W.  T.  J.  Sullivan  and  in  honor  of  the  late  Dr.  J.  Magruder  Sullivan, 
for  forty-five  years  professor  of  Chemistry  and  Geology.  The  scholar- 
ship is  awarded  to  ministerial  students.  Mr.  C.  C.  Sullivan,  son  of 
Dr.  J.  M.  Sullivan,  established  the  scholarship  fund  and  is  serving 
as  a  trustee  of  the  scholarship. 

The  Sullivan  Geology  Scholarship  was  established  by  gifts  secured  by 
the  late  Dr.  J.  M.  Sullivan.  It  has  been  increased  with  other  gifts 
since  the  death  of  Dr.  Sullivan  and  has  now  become  the  Sullivan 
Geology  Scholarship  in  memory  of  Dr.  J.  Magruder  Sullivan.  The 
scholarship  was  established  to  encourage  students  majoring  in  geology 
to  go  into  the  field  of  geology  teaching.  The  recipient  is  to  be  a 
junior  or  a  senior  of  Christian  character  and  ambitious  purpose;  under 
the  terms  of  the  scholarship,  the  student  selected  may  do  a  year  of 
graduate  work  in  geology. 

The  James  Monroe  Wallace,  III,  Scholarship  was  established  by  the 
grandparents  and  parents,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  Monroe  Wallace,  Sr., 
and  Jr.,  of  Como,  Mississippi,  in  memory  of  the  little  boy,  who  died 
when  he  was  about  five  years  old.  Interest  from  the  fund  provides 
a  scholarship  to  a  ministerial  student. 

The  W.  H.  Watkins  Scholarship  was  created  to  help  worthy  students 
with  their  college  expenses. 

The  Milton  Christian  White  Scholarship  was  established  by  Dr.  Milton 
C.  White  during  his  lifetime.  Since  his  death,  the  funds  have  been 
augmented  by  numerous  friends.  The  recipient  is  to  be  a  major  in 
the  Department  of  English. 

The  Dennis  E.  Vickers  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in  1  959 
by  Mrs.  Robert  Price  (nee  Jessie  Vickers)  and  Miss  Eleanor  Vickers 
as  a  memorial  to  their  father,  the  Reverend  Dennis  E.  Vickers. 
Preference  is  given  to  students  preparing  for  full-time  church  voca- 
tions. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


25 


Fraternity  Scholarship  Award — The  Pi  Kappa  Alpha  National  Memorial 
Foundation  Scholarship  Award  of  $300  is  given  in  memory  of  Harvey 
T.  Newell,  Jr.,  a  Millsaps  graduate,  who  was  National  President  of 
the  Pi  Kappa  Alpha  Fraternity.  This  scholarship  award  is  to  be  given 
to  a  worthy  fraternity  sophomore  who  is  judged  to  have  Christian 
character,  leadership  qualities,  and  financial  need.  This  award  is 
granted  through  Millsaps  College  in  appreciation  of  its  contribution 
to  the  fraternity  life  of  the  nation. 

The  Galloway  Church  Bible  Class  Scholarship  is  supported  by  several 
Church  School  Classes  of  Galloway  Memorial  United  Methodist  Church, 
Jackson. 

The  Nellie  Hederi  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1  967  in  honor 
of  Mrs.  Nellie  Hederi  by  her  friends.  Mrs.  Hederi  has  been  teaching 
at  Millsaps  since    1952. 

The  Joey  Hoff  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in  1  963  by  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Frederick  T.  Hoff  of  Gulfport,  Mississippi,  in  memory  of 
their  son,  Albert  Joseph  Thomas  Hoff. 

The  Albert  L.  and  Florence  0.  Hopkins  Scholarship  was  established  in 
1  949  by  Mr.  Albert  Lafayette  Hopkins  of  Chicago.  Mr.  Hopkins  was 
born  in  Hickory,  Mississippi,  and  entered  Millsaps  College  in  1900. 
The  Jackson  Christian  Education  Association  Scholarship  was  estab- 
lished in  1967  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  a  student  preparing  for  a 
vocation  in  Christian  education.  Funds  for  this  scholarship  are  derived 
from  the  profits  of  the  Christmas  Basketball  Tournament  sponsored  by 
the   Association. 

The  Jackson  Civitan  Scholarship  has  been  established  by  the  Jackson 
Civitan  Club  and  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  junior  student  on  the  basis 
of  scholastic  standing  and  financial   need. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Kimball  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  John 
and  Louise  Kimball.  Funds  are  awarded  to  students  on  the  basis  of 
ability  or  need  or  both. 

The  Lamar  Life  Broadcasting  Company  Scholarship  is  given  each  year 
by  the  Lamar  Life  Broadcasting  Company  to  a  deserving  student. 
The  Greater  Mississippi  Life  Scholarship  was  established  in  1968  by 
the  Greater  Mississippi  Life  Insurance  Company  of  Meridian,  Missis- 
sippi. Preference  is  given  to  students  majoring  in  business  or  some 
related    field. 

The  McCarty  Enterprises  Scholarship  was  established  by  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
H.  F.  McCarty,  Jr.  of  Magee,  Mississippi,  for  the  purpose  of  aiding 
a  student  who  needs  financial  assistance. 

Mississippi  Chi  Omega  Alumnae  Scholarship  was  established  in  1  966 
by  the  Jackson  Chi  Omega  Alumnae  Association  with  the  cooperation 
of  Chi  Omega  alumnae  and  actives  throughout  the  state  of  Missis- 
sippi. It  is  awarded  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence  and  financial 
need  to  a  woman  student  entering  her  junior  or  senior  year  in  the 
field  of  social  studies. 

The  Mississippi  Petroleum  Scientists  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  stu- 
dent majoring  in  Geology.  The  fund  was  established  in  1963  by  the 
Petroleum  Scientists  of  Mississippi. 

The  Panhellenic  Scholarship  was  established  by  the  Panhellenic  Council 
of  Millsaps  College.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  woman  student 
who  is  a  member  of  one  of  the  Greek  organizations. 


Sponsored 
Scholarships 


FINANCIAL  AID 


26 


The  Teacher  Education  Scholarship  was  established  in  1957  by  the 
Jackson  Council  of  Parent-Teacher  Associations.  The  purpose  of  this 
scholarship  is  to  encourage  and  assist  juniors  and  seniors  preparing 
to  enter  a  public  school  teaching  career. 

The  United  Methodist  Youth  Assistant  Scholarship  was  established 
during  the  1957-58  school  session  by  the  Executive  Committee  of 
the  Mississippi  Conference  Methodist  Youth  Fellowship.  The  recipient 
is  selected  by  the  Conference  Council  on  Youth  Ministry.  A  minimum 
of  four  hours  work  per  week  in  the  department  of  Youth  Ministry 
of  the  Conference   Program   Council    is   required   of   the    recipient. 

The  Dr.  Vernon  Lane  Wharton  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  In 
1966  in  memory  of  Dr.  Vernon  Lane  Wharton  by  his  former  students 
and   associates. 


The  Coulter  Loan  Fund  was  established  by  the  will  of  Mrs.  B.  L. 
Coulter.  The  interest  is  lent  without  interest  to  pre-theological 
students  selected  by  a  committee  composed  of  the  President  of 
the  College,  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and  the  Chair- 
man of  the  Department  of  Religion.  Mrs.  Coulter's  father,  Mr.  Robert 
McCraine,  also  willed  property  to  be  added  to  the  endowment. 

Claudine  Curtis  Memorial  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1963  by  the 
Character  Builders  Sunday  School  Class  of  Capitol  Street  United 
Methodist  Church  in  Jackson.  Any  deserving  student  is  eligible  to 
participate  in  this  program  if  he  has  a  financial   need. 

The  William  Larkin  Duren  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  honor  of  Dr. 
William  Larkin  Duren,  Sr.,  of  New  Orleans,  Louisiana,  in  1964.  Dr. 
Duren  is  a  distinguished  pastor,  editor,  and  biographer.  He  graduated 
from  Millsaps  College  in  the  class  of  1902.  Any  serious  and  well- 
established  student  with  financial  need  who  has  given  strong  evidence 
of  becoming  a  credit  to  himself  and  to  his  college  is  eligible  to 
participate   in   this   loan   program. 

The  Paul  and  Dee  Faulkner  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1957  by 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Paul  Faulkner  of  Jackson.  The  gift  is  made  available 
as  a  loan  to  any  student  or  students  regularly  er  !led  at  Millsaps 
College. 

The  Federal  Insured  Loan  Program  is  available  at  Millsaps.  "Under 
this  program  the  college  supplies  the  loan  applicant  with  a  statement 
that  he  is  enrolled  or  has  been  accepted  for  enrollment,  and  a  state- 
ment of  his  annual  educational  expenses.  The  student  then  negotiates 
a  loan  with  an  eligible  lending  institution  of  his  own  choice."  An 
undergraduate  student  may  borrow  up  to  $1,500  a  year.  If  the 
student's  adjusted  family  income  is  under  $15,000  a  year,  the  Gov- 
ernment will  pay  interest  up  to  7  percent  while  he  is  in  college.  If 
the  adjusted  family  income  is  $15,000  or  more,  the  student  may 
obtain  a  guaranteed  loan  but  must  pay  the  entire  interest,  up  to  7 
percent,  from  the  start.  In  neither  case  does  repayment  of  the 
principal  begin  until  at  least  nine  months  after  the  borrower  termi- 
nates his  course  of  study  at  an  eligible   institution. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


Loan 
Funds 


27 


The  Kenneth  Gilbert  Endowed  Loan  Scholarship  was  established  by 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  A.  Gilbert  of  Meridian,  Mississippi,  as  a  memorial 
to  their  son,  Kenneth,  who  lost  his  life  in  World  War  II.  He  received 
the  B.S.  degree  from  Millsaps  in  1935  and  was  a  member  of  Kappa 
Sigma   fraternity. 

The  Kiwanis  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1961  by  the  Jackson  Ki- 
wanis  Club.  Any  deserving  junior  or  senior  is  eligible  to  participate 
in  this  program  if  he  has  financial  need.  Loan  applications  should 
be  made  to  the  Awards  Committee  or  the  Administrative  Committee 
of  the  College.  These  committees  will  review  the  application  and 
make  the  final   decision   regarding   the   loan. 

The  Graham  R.  McFarlane  Loan  Scholarship  was  created  by  the  Mc- 
Farlane  family  to  be  used  as  a  loan  without  interest  to  young  people, 
preferably  of  the  Christian  Church,  who  are  going  into  full-time 
religious  work  either  as  ministers  or  directors  of  religious  education 
in  that  denomination.  Graham  was  a  Millsaps  graduate  and  lost  his 
life  in  the  Texas  City  disaster  in  1947.  The  scholarship  will  be  ad- 
ministered by  the  administration  of  the  College  and  the  executive 
secretary  of  the  Christian  Churches  of  the  state. 

The  National  Defense  Student  Loan  Program  enables  qualified  stu- 
dents to  borrow  up  to  $1,000  per  year  for  educational  purposes. 
Repayment  of  the  loan  begins  the  first  day  of  the  tenth  month  after 
the  borrower  finishes  his  course  of  study  at  an  eligible  institution, 
at  an  interest  rate  of  3  percent.  Students  in  any  field  of  study  are 
eligible  for  such  loans  provided  they  meet  the  established  require- 
ments. Detailed  information  concerning  these  loans  and  application 
forms  can  be  secured  from  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid. 

J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1966  by  the  Board 
of  Trustees  of  the  J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund  to  honor  Dr. 
J.  D.  Slay,  who  has  served  as  a  minister  of  the  Methodist  Church 
for  many  years.  Funds  for  this  program  are  obtained  through  gifts 
and  contributions  made  by  his  many  friends  and  co-workers.  Prefer- 
ence for  these  loans  shall  be  given  to  ministerial  students. 

United  Methodist  Student  Loan  Fund  was  established  by  the  Board  of 
Education  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  and  administered  on  the 
campus  by  the  Director  of  Religious  Life  and  Academic  Dean.  Appli- 
cants must  be  members  of  the  United  Methodist  Church,  full-time 
candidates,  wholly  or  partially  self-supporting,  and  must  have  main- 
tained a  grade  average  of  C  during  the  term  immediately  preceding 
application. 

United  Student  Aid  Funds  are  available  at  Millsaps.  Under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  program,  and  dependent  upon  availability  of  funds, 
qualifying  students  may  borrow  up  to  $1,500  per  year  for  educational 
purposes.  Loan  repayment  begins  nine  months  after  the  student  leaves 
school.  The  maximum  rate  is  7%  simple  interest.  Students  in  any 
field  of  study  are  eligible  for  such  loans  provided  they  meet  the 
established  requirements.  Detailed  information  concerning  these  loans 
and  application  forms  can  be  secured  from  the  College.  Loans  are 
made  through  a  participating  lending  institution;  however  the  Awards 
Committee  of  the  College  must  first  approve  the  application. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


28 


Part-time  Employment  opportunities  exist  on  the  campus  and  in  the 
city  for  students  who  find  it  necessary  to  earn  a  part  of  their  expenses. 
Students  who  want  part-time  work  on  campus  must  apply  through 
the  Awards  Committee.  Students  seeking  employment  off  campus  must 
register  with  the  Office  of  Student  Personnel. 

The  College  Work-Study  Program  is  available  at  Millsaps  College. 
Under  the  terms  of  this  act,  a  College  Work-Study  Program  has  been 
established  from  funds  contributed  by  the  Federal  Government  and 
the  College  for  the  purpose  of  providing  financial  assistance  through 
employment. 

Educational  Opportunity  Grants.  Millsaps  College  participates  in  the 
Educational  Opportunity  Grant  program.  The  purpose  of  this  program 
is  to  provide  educational  opportunity  grants  to  assist  in  making 
available  the  benefits  of  higher  education  to  qualified  students  of 
exceptional  financial  need,  who  for  lack  of  financial  means  of  their 
own  or  their  families  would  be  unable  to  obtain  an  education  without 
such   aid. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


Additional 
Financial  Aid 
Opportunities 


iHi 

_ 

^^^S 

*       -^^£ 

IH 

P^rni^ 

^  - 

A 

i 

M 

\ 

29 


► 


Curriculum 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREES 

The  entering  student — particularly  at  the  freshman  level — has  the  option  of  follow- 
ing the  traditional  program  of  requirements,  or  of  following  the  modified  program  of 
requirements  open  to  students  who  successfully  complete  the   Heritage  course. 

Traditional  Program.  This  is  traditional  only  in  the  sense  that  it  represents  the 
type  of  program  that  in  recent  decades  has  been  characteristic  of  most  liberal  arts 
colleges.  Basically  it  consists  of  a  broad  pattern  of  specific  courses  representative  of 
the  entire  area  of  man's  knowledge.  Its  objective  is  to  provide  the  student  with  at 
least  a  minimum  contact  experience  with  a  broad  pattern  of  disciplines. 

Heritage  Program.  This  program,  an  outgrowth  of  a  comprehensive  curriculum 
review,  was  especially  designed  for  entering  Freshmen.  It  brings  the  resources  and 
perspectives  of  many  disciplines  into  a  unified  whole,  presenting  the  story  of  Western 
Man's  heritage  in  its  many  dimensions.  The  student  still  works  in  the  areas  of  history, 
literature,  religion,  philosophy,  fine  arts,  classical  studies,  communication  skills,  etc., 
but  in  the  Heritage  Program  he  approaches  all  of  these  within  an  interdisciplinary  frame- 
work. Lectures  and  discussion  leaders  come  from  a  variety  of  disciplines.  Students  who 
complete  the  Heritage  Program  meet  in  part  or  in  full  many  of  the  requirements 
found  in  the  traditional   program. 

The  requirements  are  as  follows: 

1.  Minimum   requirements   for  all  degrees: 

Semester   Hours 
Traditional  Heritage 

Heritage   101-102   —  14 

^English  101-102  or  103-104 6  4 

'English   201  -202    6  — 

'History    101-102    6  — 

'Foreign  Language — two  years  in  one   language 6-12  6-12 

or 

'Mathematics  1  03-1  04  or  1  1  5-1  1  6    6-8  6-8 

^Religion     6  3 

Physical    Education     2  2 

English   Proficiency  Examination,   given   in  Junior  year 
Comprehensive  Examination  in  major  subject, 
given  in  Senior  year 

2.  Additional   Requirements  for  the   Bachelor  of  Arts   Degree: 

^Behavioral   Science    . 6  6 

Fine  Arts:  Art,  Music    3  — 

Philosophy    6  3 

"Natural  Science:  Biol.   101-102,   111-112,  or  121-122; 

Chem.    101-102,    or    121-122,    and    125-126;    Geol. 

101-102;   Physics   101-102  or  131-132 6-10  6-10 

Electives  to  total    1 28  1 28 

32  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 


I 


3.  Additional   requirements   for  the   Bachelor  of  Science   Degree: 

^Behavioral  Science,  Fine  Arts,  or  Philosophy   . 3  — 

"Natural  Science — a  year  course  in  three  of  the 
following   fields: 

Chem.    121-122  and   125-126    10  10 

Biology  111-112  or  121-122    8  8 

I                  Geology    101-102    6  6 

I                  Physics  101-102  or  131-132 6  or  8  6  or  8 

Electives  to  total    1 28  1  28 

4.  Additional   Requirements   for  the   Bachelor  of  Music   Degree: 

^Behavioral    Science     6  6 

"Natural  Science:  Biol.   101-102,   1  1  1 -1  1  2  or  121 -122; 

Chem.  101-102  or  121-122  and  125-126;  Geol.  101-102; 

Physics  101-102  or  131-132 6  to  1  0  6  to  1  0 

Philosophy    6  3 

Non-music    electives     '. 10  13 

Music    Theory    24  24 

Music    History    6  6 

Applied    Music     20  20 

Music  electives  to  total    132  1  32 

5.  Art,  Music,  and   Education   Credit: 

The  maximum  number  of  hours  that  will  be  accepted  in  Art,  Music,  and  Education 
applied  toward  a  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  is  as  follows:  Art,  twenty-one  hours;  Music,  forty- 
two  hours;  Education,  forty-two  hours. 

6.  Residence   Requirements: 

One  year  of  residence  is  required  for  graduation  from  Millsaps,  and  30  of  the  last 
36  hours  of  academic  work  must  be  done  in  residence.  The  two  exceptions  allowed  to 
this  rule  are:  (1)  students  who  have  been  approved  for  the  prescribed  pre-medical 
technologist  program  may  take  the  last  26  hours  at  the  affiliated  institution  and  (2) 
students  leaving  to  enter  graduate  or  professional  school  may  transfer  back  the  final 
1  8  hours  of  work.  In  this  latter  case,  however,  residence  will  be  required  at  Millsaps 
for  the  second  semester  of  the  Junior  year  and  the  first  semester  of  the   Senior  year. 

Three  summer  sessions  will  be  considered  as  equivalent  to  the  one  year  of  residence 
required. 

7.  English   Proficiency  Requirement: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  each  student  is  required  to  demonstrate  pro- 
ficiency in  English  composition  and  usage  by  passing  an  examination  given  by  the  English 
Department.  It  consists  of  a  500-word  essay  written  extempore  within  two  and  one-half 
hours  on  a  subject  selected  from  a  list  furnished  at  the  examination. 


^Credit  will   not  be  allowed   for  either   History   101-102   or  English    101-102    for   students   completing 

the    Heritage    101 -102/English     103-104    program;    however    students    receiving    credit    in    Heritage 

101-102    may    receive   credit    for    English    201-202,    English    313-314    and    all    courses    in    Fine    Arts, 

Philosophy  and  Religion. 

2|f  a  student  has  two  high  school  units  and  continues  the  same  language  in  college,  he  is  required 

to  complete  only  the  foreign    languages  201-202  course    (6   hours). 

3|n  the  elementary  education  program,  the  requirement  can  be  met  by  taking  Mathematics   105-106. 

Credit  cannot  be  allowed  for  both  Mathematics    103  and    115. 

^Students   who    have   not    completed    Heritage    101-102    must    take    three    of    the    required    hours    in 

Religion   in  a  course  dealing  with  the   Biblical   heritage   of  western  culture:   201,   202,   301,   302,   311. 

The   remaining   three   hours  of  the  requirement,   and  the  three   hours   required   of   students   who   have 

completed  Heritage  101-102,  may  be  chosen  from  any  course  offered  by  the  Department  of  Religion. 

'The   Behavioral    Sciences  are:   Economics,    Political   Science,   Psychology   and   Sociology. 

•Year  courses  only   are    acceptable   toward    meeting   this   requirement. 

DEGREE   REQUIREMENTS  33 


The  examination  is  given  by  the  English  Department  at  two  stated  times  in  thee 
academic  year.  The  regular  administration  is  on  the  second  Thursday  in  November  from 
4  to  6:30  p.m.  in  Sullivan-Harr^ll  Hall.  A  special  administration  of  the  examination 
is  given  on  the  second  Thursday  in  March  from  4  to  6:30  p.m.  in  Murrah  Hall  to 
seniors  who  hope  to  graduate  but  who  have  not  passed  the  Junior  English  Proficiency 
Examination.  Seniors  who  fail  the  special  examination  and  who  think  they  have  com- 
pelling cause  may  petition  the  Academic  Dean  for  an  extraordinary  administration  of 
the  examination  in  the  Summer  Session  following.  If  the  Dean  grants  the  petition,  he 
may  also  stipulate  that  the  student  must  audit  English  101-102  during  the  Summer 
Session. 

All  rising  juniors,  transfer  students  at  the  junior  and  senior  levels,  and  seniors 
who  failed  the  examination  in  their  junior  year  must  register  for  the  November  ad- 
ministration  of   the   proficiency   examination    at   the   time   of   fall    registration. 

Each  student  who  fails  the  examination  in  November  is  assigned  to  a  member 
of  the  English  Department  for  remedial  instruction.  The  English  Department  offers  the 
tutorial  work  gladly,  but  the  students  must  avail   themselves  of  it. 

8.  Extracurricular  Credits: 

The  following  extracurricular  activities  to  a  maximum  of  eight  semester  hours 
may  be  included  in  the  128  semester  hours  required  for  graduation: 

Physical   Education    (Required)  2  Bobashela   Business  Manager  4 

Physical   Education    (Elective)  6  Bobashela    Editorial    Staff  6 

Purple  and  White  Editor  4  Bobashela    Business    Staff  6 

Purple  and  White  Business  Stylus   Editor  4 

Manager  4  Stylus   Business  Manager  4 

Purple  and  White  Department  Players  6 

Editors  6  Millsaps  Singers  6 

Purple  and  White  Staff  6  Student   Government  Officers  4 

Bobashela   Editor  4  Student  Government  Representatives        6 

(Only  one  semester  hour  in  each  activity  may  be  earned  in  each  semester,  except 
by  the  Editor  and  Business  Manager  of  the  Purple  and  White,  the  Bobashela,  the 
Stylus,  and  the  officers  in  the  Student  Government.) 

9.  Majors: 

In  addition  to  taking  the  prescribed  work  for  the  degree,  the  student  must  major 
in  one  of  the  following  areas:  Biology,  Chemistry,  Economics,  Accounting,  Business 
Administration,  Education,  English,  Geology,  German,  Greek,  History,  Latin,  Mathe- 
matics, Music,  Philosophy,  Physics,  Political  Science,  Psychology,  Religion,  Romance 
Languages,  Speech  and  Theatre,  Sociology,  and  Anthropology. 

Specific  requirements  for  the  major  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment  of    instruction. 

Students  may  be  permitted  to  major  in  a  subject  only  after  careful  consideration 
and  with  the  consent  of  the  head  of  the  department. 

A  major  for  each  student  must  be  approved  by  one  of  the  department  heads  not 
later  than  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year.  Three  cards  will  be  signed  by  the  major 
professor  to  show  approval  of  the  choice  of  a  major;  and  these  cards  will  be  kept  on 
file,  one  with  the  Registrar's  Office  and  one  with  the  major  professor,  and  one  in 
the  Office  of  Student  Personnel. 

34  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 


No  junior  or  senior  registration  will  be  accepted  as  complete  by  the  Registrar's 
Office   without  the   signed  approval   of  the   major   professor. 

For  failing  to  maintain  a  C  average  or  for  other  good  cause,  a  student  may  change 
his  major  or  be  advised  by  his  major  professor  to  change  his  major  as  late  as  October 
1  of  his  senior  year.  He  must  submit  to  the  Registrar's  Office  on  regular  form 
(obtainable  from  the  Registrar's  Office)  the  express  permission  of  both  the  Dean  and 
the  head  of  the  proposed  new  major  department.  Transfer  credit  will  be  accepted  toward 
a  major  only  with  the  approval  of  the  department. 

10.  Meeting   Requirements   by   Examination: 

In  a  limited  number  of  instances,  a  requirement  may  be  met  partially  or  in  full 
by  a  satisfactory  score  on  an  achievement  test.  Such  tests  are  presently  offered  in 
English  Composition,  Mathematics,  and  the  Romance  languages  during  the  Freshman 
orientation  period.  No  course  credit,  however,  is  awarded  the  student  who  meets  a 
requirement   in   this   fashion. 

11.  Comprehensive  Examinations: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  the  student  must  pass  a  satisfactory  com- 
prehensive examination  in  his  major  field  of  study.  This  examination  is  given  in  the 
Senior  year  and  is  intended  to  cover  subject  matter  greater  in  scope  than  a  single 
course  or  series  of  courses.  The  purpose  of  the  comprehensive  examination  is  to 
coordinate  the  class  work  with  independent  reading  and  thinking  in  such  a  way  as  to 
relate  the  knowledge  acquired  and  give  the  student  a  general  understanding  of  the 
field  which  could  not  be  acquired   from   individual  courses. 

The  comprehensive  examination  requires  at  least  three  hours  and  is  part  written 
and  part  oral,  the  division  of  time  between  the  two  to  be  at  the  discretion  of  the 
members  of  the  department  concerned.  The  oral  examination  will  be  conducted  by  a 
committee  composed  of  members  of  the  department,  and,  if  desired  by  the  department, 
one  or  more  members  of  the  faculty  from  other  departments  or  other  qualified   persons. 

A  student  may  take  the  comprehensive  examination  only  if  the  courses  in  which 
he  has  credit  and  in  which  he  is  currently  enrolled  complete  the  requirements  in  the 
major  department.  He  may  take  the  examination  in  the  spring  semester  if  he  will  be 
within  1  8  hours  of  graduation  by  the  end  of  that  semester.  The  examination  will  be 
given  in  December  or  January  for  students  who  meet  the  other  requirements  and  who 
will  not  be  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  spring  semester. 

The  time  of  the  comprehensive  examination  given  in  the  spring  semester  is  the 
last  week  in  April  of  each  year.  Comprehensive  examinations  will  not  be  given  during 
the  summer  except  by  permission  of  the  Dean.  Those  who  fail  a  comprehensive  exami- 
nation may  have  an  opportunity  to  take  another  examination  after  the  lapse  of  two 
months.  Additional  examinations  may  be  taken  at  the  discretion  of  the  chairman  of  the 
student's  major  department  with  the  consent  of  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

12.  Quality   index   required: 

A  minimum  of  240  quality  points  is  required  for  the  B.A.  and  B.S.  degrees; 
248  for  the  B.M.  degree.  An  over-all  quality  point  index  of  2.00  is  required  of  all 
students.  The  index  is  always  calculated  on  total  number  of  academic  hours  attempted. 

13.  Application   for  a  degree: 

Each  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  degree  is  required  to  submit  a  written 
application  for  the  degree  by  March  1  of  the  year  of  his  graduation.  This  date  will 
apply  also  to  students  who  plan  to  complete  their  work  in  summer  school.  Forms  for 
degree  applications  are  to  be  secured  and  filed  in  the  Registrar's  Office. 

DEGREE   REQUIREMENTS  35 


14.     Requirements  for  second   degree: 

In  order  to  earn  a  second  degree  from  Millsaps  College  a  student  must  have  thirtyi 
additional  semester  hours  of  work  beyond  the  128  semester  hours  required  for  thei 
first  degree  and  these  additional  hours  must  include  all  of  the  requirements  for  both* 
the  second  degree   and  the  second   major. 

SUGGESTED  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 

A  regular  student  will  be  required  to  enroll  in  English  each  year  until  he  has 
satisfied  the  degree  requirement  in  that  subject.  In  addition  he  has  a  choice  of  enrolling 
in  either  mathematics  or  a  foreign  language  until  he  has  satisfied  the  degree  requirement 
in  one  or  the  other  of  these  disciplines.  These  general  rules  do  not  apply  to  the 
summer  session,  nor  do  they  apply  to  students  entering  the  second  semester  if  the  ap- 
propriate courses  are  not  offered  at  that  time. 


B.A.   DEGREE 


TRADITIONAL 
Freshmen: 

English    101-102    6   hr. 

foreign  Language  or 

"Mathematics   103-104 6   hr. 

History   101-102  or  Science    ....    6   hr. 

Physical  Education 2   hr. 

Elective 12   hr. 

Sophomores: 

English    201-202     6  hr. 

^Foreign  Language 6  hr. 

History   101-102  or  Science    ....    6  hr. 

Elective 12  or  18  hr. 

Juniors  and   Seniors: 

Philosophy 6    hr. 

Religion    201  -202     6   hr. 

Behavioral  Sciences    6   hr. 

Fine   Arts     3    hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 


HERITAGE 
Freshmen: 

English    103-104    4 

Toreign  Language  or 

-Mathematics   103-104 6 

Heritage  101-102 14 

Physical    Education     2 

Elective     6 


Sophomores: 

foreign  Language 6  hr. 

Science    6  hr. 

Behavioral  Science 6  hr. 

Elective 1 2  or   18  hr. 

Juniors   and   Seniors: 

Philosophy      3    hr. 

'Religion    3    hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 


36  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 


B.S. 

TRADITIONAL 
Freshmen: 

English    101-102     6   hr. 

Mathematics  115-116  or 

^Foreign  Language 8  or  6  hr. 

Science  6   hr. 

Science  or  History   101-102    ....    6   hr. 

Physical    Education     2  hr. 

Elective    6  or  8  hr. 

Sophomores: 

English    201-202    6   hr. 

^Foreign  Language 6   hr. 

History  101-102  or  Science 6   hr. 

Elective 12  or  18  hr. 

Juniors   and   Seniors: 

Science    6   hr. 

Religion  201-202 6   hr. 

Behavioral  Science,   Philosophy, 

or  Fine  Arts    3   hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 

B.M. 

TRADITIONAL 
Freshmen: 

English    101-102     6  hr. 

Mathematics    103-104  or 

foreign    Language     6  hr. 

'Music   101-102    8  hr. 

Music    251-252     4  hr. 

Applied  Music  Major 4  hr. 

Applied  Music  Minor    2  hr. 

Physical    Education     2  hr. 

Sophomores : 

English    201-202     6  hr. 

^Foreign  Language 6   hr. 

History   101-102  or  Science    ....  6   hr. 

'Music  201-202    8   hr. 

Applied  Music   Major    4   hr. 

Applied  Music  Minor    2  hr. 

Juniors  and   Seniors: 

Philosophy     6  hr. 

Religion    201  -202     6  hr. 

History  101-102 

or    Science     6   hr. 

Behavioral    Science    6   hr. 

Music  301-302 6  hr. 

Applied  Music  Major    8   hr. 

Academic  Music    8   hr. 

Non-Music  electives 
Music  Recitals 


DEGREE 

HERITAGE 
Freshmen: 

English    103-104     4   hr. 

Mathematics  115-116  or 

^Foreign   Language    8  or  6   hr. 

Heritage  101-102 14   hr. 

Science    6  or  8  hr. 

Physical    Education     2   hr. 

Sophomores: 

^Foreign  Language 6   hr. 

Science    6   hr. 

Elective    1  8  or  24  hr. 

Juniors   and   Seniors: 

Science    6   hr. 

'Religion 3   hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 


DEGREE 

HERITAGE 
Freshmen: 

English    101-102     6  hr. 

Mathematics  103-104  or 

foreign    Language     6   hr. 

'Music   101-102    8  hr. 

Music   251-252    4   hr. 

Applied   Music  Major    4   hr. 

Applied   Music  Minor    2  hr. 

Physical  Education 2   hr. 

Sophomores: 

Heritage    101-102     14   hr. 

Toreign  Language 6  hr. 

'Music  201-202    8  hr. 

Applied  Music  Major 4   hr. 

Applied  Music  Minor    2  hr. 

Juniors  and   Seniors: 

Philosophy     3    hr. 

'Religion    3   hr. 

Science    6  hr. 

Behavioral  Science 6  hr. 

Music   301-302    6  hr. 

Applied  Music  Major 8   hr. 

Academic  Music    8   hr. 

Non-Music  electives 
Music  Recitals 


DEGREE   PROGRAMS 


37 


APPLIED  MUSIC   B.A. 

Freshmen:  Juniors   and   Seniors: 

English    101-102     6   hr.  Philosophy    6   hr. 

"Mathematics  103-104  or  ^Religion   201-202    6   hr. 

^Foreign    Language     6   hr.  History   101-102  or  Science    ....  6   hr. 

Music    101-102    8   hr.  Music  303-304,  381 -382,  401    .  .  1  5   hr. 

Applied    Music     4   hr.  Behavioral  Science 6   hr. 

Physical  Education 2   hr.  Applied    Music     8   hr. 

Music  Recitals 
Sophomores : 

^English   201-202    6  hr. 

^Foreign  Language 6   hr. 

^History  101-102  or  Science   ....  6   hr. 

Music   201-202    8   hr. 

Applied  Music 4   hr. 

PRE-MEDICAL  AND   PRE-DENTAL 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students  to  consult  the 
catalogs  of  the  schools  to  which  they  wish  to  apply  for  their  specific  requirements. 
The  following  courses  are  required  by  many  medical  and  dental  schools. 

Biology    121-122    8    hr.  Mathematics    115-116     8    hr. 

Chemistry    121-125,    122-126    .10   hr.  Physics  101-102  and  151-152   ..    8   hr. 

Chemistry  231-233,  232-234    .  .10   hr.  or 

English    101-102    6   hr.  1  31 -1  32  and  1  51 -1  52   .  1  0  hr. 

Electives     42   hr. 

The  student  is  urged  to  consult  with  a  member  of  the  Pre-medical  Advisory 
Committee  (Berry,  Christmas,  Galloway,  McKeown)  in  designing  a  program  of  courses 
that  will  fit  his  particular  needs,  background,  and  interest. 

Millsaps  College  and  many  medical  and  dental  schools  strongly  recommend  that 
the  student  obtain  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  an  area  of  his  interest.  This  catalog  should 
be  consulted  elsewhere  for  the  exact  major  and  degree  requirements.  Millsaps  and 
most  medical  and  dental  schools  also  strongly  recommend  that  the  student  develop  a 
sound  background  in  the  humanities  and  social  sciences. 

The  student  should  remember  that  the  requirements  listed  in  a  medical  or  dental 
school  catalog  are  minimal  but  that  he  should  give  himself  maximum  preparation. 
In  general,  the  student  who  is  weak  in  some  science,  as  shown  by  his  performance  in 
his  introductory  college  courses,  is  urged  to  take  further  work  in  that  science  to 
prepare  himself  adequately.  The  student  should  also  utilize  his  limited  time  in  taking 
courses  that  will  not  be  available  during  his  professional  training.  The  following  courses 
are   recommended  as  electives  by  many  medical   and  dental   schools. 


i|f    foreign    language    Is    chosen    for    the    degree    requirement,    the    student    must    earn    6    hrs.    of 
201  -202  credit. 

2ln   certain   programs  specific   mathematics  courses   are  required. 

^Heritage  students  may  choose  from  among  the  following   courses   in    Religion:  201,   202,   301,   311, 
381,  391,  392. 

*These    courses    count    toward    the    total    of    30    academic    music    semester    hours    required    for    the 
B.M.  degree. 

•"A  suggested  sequence  of  courses  for  those  students  who  elect  the    Heritage   Program    is  given   on 
pages  36  and  37. 

38  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 


Biology  (251-252,381,391  or  315) 

Chemistry  (251-253,  264-266  or  363-365,  364-366) 

English   (201-202) 

Economics  and  Business  Administration 

Foreign  Language  (reading  knowledge) 

History  (101-102) 

Mathematics  (223-224  or  225-226) 

Philosophy 

Physics  (301,  306,  31  1,  315,  or  316) 

Psychology 

Sociology 

The  Heritage  Program  (see  page  32) .  This  program  gives  the  student  a  more 
Flexible  schedule  and  time  to  take  additional  courses  of  his  interest  and  need. 

PRE-SEMINARY 

Students  planning  professional  careers  in  the  church  should  plan  to  attain  the 
appropriate  professional  degree  from  a  theological  seminary,  and  should  seek  a  broad 
jndergraduate  liberal  arts  basis  as  preparation  for  their  professional  education.  Foreign 
anguage  should  be  chosen  as  a  degree  requirement:  German,  Greek,  or  Latin  will 
provide  the  best  preparation  for  seminary  education. 

Pre-seminary  students  should  consider  majors  in  Religion,  Ancient  Languages, 
English,  History,  Philosophy,  Psychology,  or  Sociology.  Whatever  major  is  chosen,  such 
students  should  plan  at  least  eighteen  hours  of  work  in  Religion. 

Students  planning  to  work  as  Directors  of  Christian  Education  should  consider 
the  same  choice  of  majors,  and  should  also  take  a  minimum  of  eighteen  hours  of  work 
n  Religion,  including  Religion  252  (The  Educational  Work  of  the  Church).  In  addi- 
tion, they  should  plan  considerable  work  in  courses  in  Psychology  and  Education,  and 
>hould  consult  the  adviser  to  Pre-Ministerial  students  for  specific  suggestions. 

Some  students  planning  work  in  Christian  Education  may  wish  to  combine  their 
jndergraduate  preparation  for  theological  seminary  work  with  a  major  in  elementary 
education  or  a  program  looking  toward  certification  for  secondary  school  teaching. 
If  one  of  these  courses  is  chosen  the  appropriate  adviser  in  the  Department  of  Education 
should  be  consulted,  as  well  as  the  adviser  to  Pre-Ministerial  students.  Requirements 
For  teacher  certification  are  quite  extensive,  and  the  student  must  plan  a  program 
ivhich  will  cover  these  requirements  while  allowing  a  minimum  of  twelve  hours  work 
n   Religion,  including   Religion  252. 


DEGREE   PROGRAMS  39 


All  students  planning  professional  careers  in  the  church  are  urged  to  consult  with' 
the  adviser  to  Pre-Ministerial  students  in  planning  a  program  to  fill  out  the  basic 
sequences  suggested  below,  and  one  which  will  fit  their  individual  needs  and  interests 
while  preparing  them  for  their  professional  education  in  a  theological  seminary.  Pre- 
Ministerial  students  should  be  in  contact  with  their  District  Superintendent  and 
Conference  Board  of  Ministry,  and  students  planning  work  in  Christian  Education 
with  their  Conference  Board  of  Education.  Such  students  who  are  not  Methodist  should 
contact  the  appropriate  official   or  committee  of   their  own  denomination. 


HERITAGE 
Freshmen: 

Heritage    101-102     14   hr. 

English    103-104     4   hr. 

Foreign   Language    6   hr. 

Psychology  202 3    hr. 

Physical  Education   101-102    ....  2   hr. 

Elective     3    hr. 

Sophomores: 

Religion  201-202 6   hr. 

Philosophy 6   hr. 

Foreign  Language    6   hr. 

Science    6   hr. 

Elective     6   hr. 

(Speech,  Psychology, 
Sociology) 

Juniors  and   Seniors: 

Religion     12   hr. 

Philosophy 6    hr. 

Major  and    Electives    42   hr. 


TRADITIONAL 
Freshmen: 

English    101-102     6 

History    101-102     6 

Foreign   Language    6 

Science    6 

Psychology  202 3 

Physical  Education   101-102    ....  2 

Elective 3 

Sophomores: 

English    201-202     6   hr. 

Religion    201  -202     6   hr. 

Foreign  Language    6   hr. 


Philosophy 6 

Elective      6 

(Speech,    Psychology, 
Sociology) 


Juniors  and   Seniors: 

Religion     12   hr. 

Philosophy        6   hr. 

Art  or  Music    3    hr. 

Major   and   Electives    39   hr. 


PRE-LAW 

No  particular  major  or  sequence  of  courses  is  necessary  for  students  planning 
to  go  to  law  school;  there  is  no  ideal  pre-law  program  for  all  students.  To  do  well 
in  the  study  of  law,  a  student  should  possess. 

(a)  ability  to  communicate  effectively  and   precisely; 

(b)  critical    understanding    of   the    human    institutions    with    which    the    law    deals; 

(c)  creative   power  in  thinking. 

Different  students  may  obtain  the  desired  training  in  these  three  areas  from  different 
courses.  Therefore,  the  student  should  consult  with  his  faculty  or  major  adviser  and 
with  the  pre-law  adviser  in  designing  a  program  of  courses  that  will  best  fit  his 
particular  needs,  background,  and  interests.  The  student  with  a  pre-law  interest  should 
consult  the  pre-law  adviser,  Mr.  Adams,  from  time  to  time. 

PRE-SOCIAL  WORK 

Students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  a  professional  career  in  Social  Work  should 
plan  a  broad  liberal  arts  program  with  a  major  in  one  of  the  social  sciences.  Because 
of  the  widely  varied  opportunities  in  this  field,  no  specific  schedule  of  courses  is 
recommended  for  the  Junior  and  Senior  years.  Instead,  each  student  is  urged  to  consult 
with  his  faculty  adviser  to  plan  a  schedule. 


40 


DEGREE   PROGRAMS 


EDUCATIONAL  CERTIFICATION   PROGRAMS 

TEACHER   EDUCATION 

A  placement  bureau  for  teachers  is  maintained  under  the  direction  of  the  De- 
partment of  Education.  It  seeks  to  further  the  interests  of  teachers  educated  at  Millsaps 
College  and  to  be  of  service  to  school  officials  who  wish  to  secure  able  teachers. 

Millsaps  offers  a  major  in  elementary  education  at  two  levels:  kindergarten  through 
the  third   grade;    fourth   through   the  eighth   grade. 

A  major  in  secondary  education  is  not  offered;  the  student  desirous  of  secondary 
certification  is  required  to  major  in  some  department  other  than  Education.  For  endorse- 
ment to  teach,  the  student  must  take  certain  specified  courses  in  general  education, 
specified  courses  In  his  major  field,  and  specified  courses  in   Education. 

State  requirements  for  teaching  certificates  are  quite  detailed  and  specific,  and 
students  must  take  the  exact  courses  specified.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student 
at  both  the  elementary  and  secondary  levels  to  coordinate  courses  for  certification  to 
teach    with    requirements    for   graduation    from    Millsaps   outlined    on    pages    32   and    33. 

The  courses  listed  below  are  specific  courses  required  to  qualify  for  the  Class  A 
Elementary  Certificate   and   the  Class   A   Secondary   Certificate. 

ELEMENTARY   EDUCATION   PROGRAM 

a.  Minimum   general   education    requirements   for   certification    in    grades    K-3    and   4-8 
are   as   follows: 

Sem.    Hrs. 

English      12 

Science     12 

Biological  Science 6  sem.  hrs. 

Physical  Science    (earth  science,  chemistry,   physics, 

astronomy,  geology,  space  science,  etc.)     6  sem.   hrs. 

Social    Studies     12 

American  or  World   History    6  sem.  hrs. 

Other  social  studies  except  religion    6  sem.   hrs. 

Mathematics     6 

The  structure  of  the  real  number  system 

and  its  sub-systems 3  sem.  hrs. 

Basic  Concepts  of  Algebra  and   Informal  Geometry    3   sem.   hrs. 

Personal   Hygiene    3 

Speech     3 

Total    48 

b.  Specialized  and  Professional  Education  in  Grades  K-3: 

Child   Psychology    3 

Educational    Psychology    3 

Measurement  and  Evaluation    3 

Math  in  the  Elementary  School    3 

Reading   in  the  Elementary  School    6 

Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School    (including  its 

nature  and  structure)     3 

Literature  K-3    3 

Science  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School    3 

Music  in  the  Elementary  School    3 

Art   in  the   Elementary  School    3 

Early  Childhood  Education    3 

Student    Teaching     6 

DEGREE  PROGRAMS  41 


c.  One  area  of  concentration   selected  from  the  following    list  will   be  obtained:    (This 
area  may  include  the  hours  earned  in  general  education  and  specialized  education.) 

English    (English  397  is  required  for  this  concentration)     18 

Science   (Education  320  will  count  toward  this  concentration)     18 

Social  Studies    (Credit   in   philosophy,   psychology,   or   religion   will    not  be 

accepted  toward  this  concentration;  however.  Education  321    is  accept- 
able)      18 

Mathematics   (Education  21  1   will  count  toward  this  concentration)     12 

Library   Science    15 

Reading    12 

Speech     12 

Art     15 

Music    (Credit  in  choir  will  not  count  toward  this  concentration)     12 

Health  and   Physical   Education    (Credit   in  activity  courses  will   not  count 

toward   this   concentration)     15 

Exceptional   Children    12 

d.  Specialized  and  Professional  Education   in  Grades  4-8: 

Adolescent  Psychology 3 

Educational    Psychology    3 

Measurement  and  Evaluation    3 

Math  in  the  Elementary  School    3 

Reading  in  the  Elementary  School    (including  its 

nature  and  structure)     3 

Literature  4-Junior  High  School    3 

Science  in  the  Elementary  School    3 

Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School    3 

Music   in  the   Elementary  School    3 

Art  in   the   Elementary  School    3 

Principles  of  Elementary   Education    3 

Student    Teaching     6 

e.  Two   areas    of   concentration    selected    from    the    previously    enumerated    list    will    be 
attained. 


SECONDARY   EDUCATION   PROGRAM 

Sem.    Hrs. 

English      12 

Fine  Arts    (Any  course  in  art  or  music  will  meet  this   requirement.)     3 

Personal  Hygiene 3 

Science 12 

6  sem.  hours  in  biological  science 
6  sem.  hours  in  physical  science 

Mathematics     3 

(This  course  must  emphasize  the  structure  of  the  real  number  system  and 
its  subsystems.) 

Social    Studies     12 

American  or  World   History  or  both    6  sem.   hr. 

Other  Social   Sciences:   anthropology,   economics, 
general    psychology,    political    science,    social 

psychology,  or  sociology 6  sem.    hr. 

Speech     3 

42  DEGREE   PROGRAMS 


Professional  Education:  Sem.    Hrs. 

a.  Educational    Psychology     3 

b.  Human  Growth  and  Development  or  Adolescent  Psychology    3 

c.  Principles  of  Teaching  in  High  School    3 

d.  Secondary  Methods  Course  Related  to  Teaching  Field    3 

*e.     Directed  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Field    6 

Total    18 

Specific   courses   which    must   be    included    for   certification    in    a    major    field    are: 

English 

English  301  or  302,  365  or  366  or  350,  397.  Thirty  semester  hours  are  required 
for  endorsement,  of  which  three  hours  may  be  in  Speech. 

Foreign    Language 

Completion  of  the  major  requirements  in  any  language  will  more  than  satisfy 
the  requirements  for  teaching  that  language.  It  is  recommended  that  the  student 
also  take  two  years  of  a  second  language. 

Mathematics 

Twenty-four  semester  hours  are  required  for  endorsement.  Fifteen  hours  must 
include  Algebra,  Trigonometry,  Analytic  Geometry,  and  Calculus,  six  hours  of 
which  must  be  in  Calculus.  Nine  hours  must  include  two  of  the  following  areas: 
Abstract  Algebra,  Modern  Geometry,  Foundations  of  Mathematics,  Probability,  and 
Statistics. 

Music 

Students  planning  to  teach  Music  in  the  public  schools  should  arrange  their 
programs  after  consultation  with  the  Music  Department.  Following  are  the  re- 
quirements by  years  in  both  Education  and  Music  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree 
in   Music   Education: 

Freshmen: 

Two  hours  each  of  voice  and  piano. 

Sophomores: 

Music  101-102  and  two  hours  each  of  voice  and  piano. 

Juniors: 

Education  207,  352,  372;  Music  201,   335;  two  hours  of  piano;   five  hours  of 
voice;  recital. 

Seniors: 

Education  452  or  453-454;   Speech,   3    hrs..   Music   341-381,   and   two   hrs.   of 
electives;   two  hours  of  piano;   five  hours  of  voice;    recital. 

The  foregoing  requirements  apply  specifically  to  the  Vocal  Music  Education 
Endorsement.  For  the  Applied  Music  Endorsement  the  student  can  complete  two  hours 
of  voice  and  four  of  piano,  and  then  devote  the  remaining  hours  listed  above  as  voice  and 
piano  (a  total  of  16  hours,  including  the  junior  and  senior  recitals)  toward  the  particular 
instrument  (voice,  piano,  or  other  instrument)  in  which  he  wishes  to  specialize.  This 
combination   will    meet  the   state   certification    requirements. 


^Three  years  of  teaching  experience  in  the  secondary  field  (grades  7-12)  may  be 
substituted  in  lieu  of  Directed  Teaching,  but  the  applicant  must  have  a  total  of  18 
semester  hours  of  professional  education. 

DEGREE  PROGRAMS  43 


/^ 


Science 

Biological  Science: 

32    semester    hours    in    science,    including     1 6    semester    or    24    quarter    hours    in 

biology,  including  botany  and  zoology 
Chemistry: 

32  semester  hours  in  science  including   16  semester  hours  in  chemistry 
Physics: 

32  semester  hours   in  science   including    16  semester  hours   in   physics 
Earth  Science: 

32   semester   hours    in    science,   with    a   minimum   of    1 6   semester    hours    in    earth 

sciences,    (Geology,  Meteorology,  Astronomy) 
General  Science: 

32  semester  hours  in  any  sciences.  An  endorsement  to  teach  General  Science  must 

include  the  following: 

Sem.    Hrs. 

Earth  and  Space  Science 3 

Chemistry     3 

Physics      3 

Combined  Science   (biology,  chemistry,  and  physics)  : 

Biological    Science     (including    Botany)     16 

Chemistry     16 

Physics     16 

(A  maximum  of  8  semester  hours  in  mathematics  may  be  applied  toward  meeting 

the  endorsement  requirement  in  physics.) 

Social   Studies 

History  201-202;  three  hours  each  in  Economics,  Government,  Geography,  and 
Mississippi  History.  Thirty  hours  are  required  for  endorsement,  exclusive  of  Psy- 
chology. Electlves  should  be  chosen  to  apply  toward  a  major  in  History,  Economics, 
Sociology,  or  Political  Science. 

Speech 

Twenty-four  semester  hours.  A  maximum  of  6  semester  hours  will  be  accepted 
from  English.  Other  courses  to  include: 

Sem.    Hrs. 

Speech  Fundamentals 3 

Public  Speaking    3 

Oral     Interpretation 3 

Dramatics     3 

Electlves     12 

Total    24 

COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

ENGINEERING 

This  program  at  Millsaps  offers  many  opportunities  for  the  student  interested  in 
engineering. 

3-2  Engineering  B.S.  Program:  At  present  we  have  arrangements  with  two  engi- 
neering schools — Columbia  University  and  Vanderbilt  University — by  which  a  student 
may  attend  Millsaps  for  three  years  for  a  total  of  104  hours  or  more  and  then  continue 
his  work  at  either  of  the  two  schools  listed  above,  transferring  back  24  hours  or  less 
for  a  B.S.  degree  from  Millsaps  and  at  the  end  of  the  fifth  year  receive  his  engineering 
degree  from  the  engineering  school. 

44  COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 


4-2  Master's  Program  in  Engineering:  Columbia  University  also  has  a  4-2  program 
in  which  a  student  attends  Millsaps  for  four  years  completing  his  degree  requirements 
and  then  spends  two  more  years  at  Columbia  to  obtain  a  Master's  degree  in  Engineering. 

Columbia  University  offers  degrees  in  Civil,  Electrical,  Industrial,  Mechanical, 
Metallurgical,  Mining,  and  Chemical  Engineering.  Vanderbilt  University  offers  Bachelor 
of  Engineering  degrees  in  Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical,  and  Mechanical   Engineering. 

Below  is  a  course  of  study  based  on  the  traditional  program  of  requirements 
leading  to  the  degrees  listed  above.  Students  who  elect  the  Heritage  program  should 
consult  with  their  program  adviser.  The  courses  will  be  the  same  for  all  degrees  at 
the  two  schools  with  the  exception  of  Chemical  Engineering.  The  substitute  courses  for 
this  program  are  also   listed  below. 

For  further  information  on  these  programs,  write  to  Chairman,  Mathematics  De- 
partment, Millsaps  College. 

Freshmen: 

Mathematics   115-116    8    hours 

Chemistry    121-122,    125-126    10 

English   101-102    6 

Modern  Foreign  Language    6 

Behavioral  Science,  Fine  Arts,  or  Philosophy 3 

Physical  Education    2 


35    hours 
Sophomores: 

Mathematics    225-226 1 0   hours 

Physics   131-132*    8 

English    201  -202     6 

History   101-102    6 

Modern  Foreign  Language    6 


36   hours 
Juniors: 

Mathematics    325-326     6   hours 

Mathematics    351     3 

Physics  331-336**    6 

Biology   101-102  or  Geology   101-102    6 

Religion   201-202    6 

Electives  and  Major  Subject 6 


33    hours 
Three  year  total — 104  hours. 

SUBSTITUTE   REQUIREMENTS   FOR  A   B.S.    IN   CHEMICAL 
ENGINEERING  AT  COLUMBIA 

Chemistry  354-356    (Analytic   II)  *    4    hours 

Chemistry   23 1  -233,    232-234*     10 

Chemistry  363-365,  364-366*    8 


^Required  of  Chemistry  majors  at  Millsaps  and  can  be  taken  as  Major  Subject. 
**When  offered.  Not  required  for  a  B.S.  in  Chemical  Engineering  at  Columbia  University. 

COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS  45 


MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Millsaps  College  offers  a  three  year  program  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  schools 
of  medical  technology.  This  college  work  includes  not  only  the  necessary  science  and 
mathematics  courses,  but  also  courses  in  history,  fine  arts,  sociology,  composition, 
literature,  and  other  courses  which  insure  a  liberal  arts  experience  for  premedical 
technology  students. 

Millsaps  College  maintains  a  formal  affiliation  with  several  schools  of  medical 
technology  which  are  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hospitals 
of  the  American  Medical  Association.  This  is  the  only  qualifying  board  recognized  by 
the  American  Medical  Association,  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists,  the 
American  Colleges  of  Surgeons,  the  American  Hospital  Association  and  other  authorita- 
tive medical  groups. 

The  medical  technology  student  is  expected  to  spend  the  first  three  years  at 
Millsaps  College  (or  transfer  here  from  another  recognized  college,  with  at  least  the 
third  year  spent  in  residence  here)  and  the  senior  year  at  the  approved  hospital.  The 
student  must  complete  the  general  requirements  for  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in 
Biology,  by  taking  the  courses  outlined  below. 

Students  enrolled  in  approved  schools  of  medical  technology  may  transfer  back 
the  final  26  hours  of  work.  The  courses  required  for  registry  are  accepted  as  com- 
pleting the  requirements  of  128  semester  hours  for  graduation.  A  satisfactory  grade  on 
the  national  registry  examination  is  accepted  in  lieu  of  the  departmental  comprehensive 
oral  examination.  The  B.S.  degree  is  awarded  at  the  first  commencement  exercise 
following  the  completion  of  the  medical  technology  training  and  passing  the  national 
registry  examination. 

Medical  technology  students  who  wish  to  complete  four  years  of  college  may 
secure  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree  before  entering  an  approved  school  of  medical  technology. 


Freshman  Year 

First  Semester  Second  Semester 

English   101    3    hrs.             English   102 3    hrs. 

Mathematics  115 4   hrs.             Mathematics    116    4   hrs. 

Biology  121    4   hrs.             Biology    1 22     4   hrs. 

Chemistry  121   &  125 5   hrs.             Chemistry  1 22  &  1 26 5   hrs. 

Physical    Education     1    hr.               Physical    Education     1    hr. 

17   hrs.  17   hrs. 


Sophomore  Year 

First  Semester  Second   Semester 

English    201      3    hrs.  English    202     3  hrs. 

Physics  101    3   hrs.  Physics  1 02 3  hrs. 

History    101      3    hrs.  History    1 02     3  hrs. 

Biology    251     5   hrs.  Biology    252    5  hrs. 

Chemistry  251   &  253    4   hrs.  Biology  112 4  hrs. 

18   hrs.  18  hrs. 

46  COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 


Junior  Year 

First  Semester  Second  Semester 

Biology    381     4  hrs.  Biology    391     4  hrs. 

Biology    491     1  hr.  Biology    492     1  hr. 

Religion  201     3  hrs.  Religion  202    3  hrs. 

Chemistry  231   &  233    5  hrs.  Chemistry   232  &   234    5  hrs. 

Behavioral   Science,  Fine  Elective    3  hrs. 

Arts,  or  Philosophy    3  hrs.  — 

—  16  hrs. 

16  hrs. 

SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 

THE  HONORS  PROGRAM 

The  Honors  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  of  Junior  standing  and 
of  proven  ability  and  initiative  to  examine  together  in  a  series  of  inter-disciplinary 
colloquia  matters  of  mutual  interest  and  concern  and  at  the  same  time  to  pursue 
a  course  of  independent  directed  study  and  research  in  areas  of  their  major  disciplines. 
A  student  interested  in  participating  in  the  Honors  Program  should  consult  with  the 
chairman  of  his  department  as  early  in  his  academic  career  as  possible.  Specific 
requirements  of  this  program  are  to  be  found  on  page  93. 

THE  WASHINGTON  SEMESTER 

"The  Washington  Semester"  is  a  joint  arrangement  between  The  American 
University,  Washington,  D.C.,  Millsaps  College  and  other  colleges  and  universities  in 
the  United  States  to  extend  the  resources  of  the  national  capital  to  superior  students 
in  the  field  of  the  social  sciences.  The  object  is  to  provide  a  direct  contact  with  the 
work  of  governmental  departments  and  other  national  and  international  agencies  that 
are  located  in  Washington,  thus  acquainting  the  students  with  possible  careers  in  public 
service  and   imparting   a   knowledge  of  government   in   action. 

Under  this  arrangement  qualified  students  of  demonstrated  capacity  from  the 
participating  colleges  will  spend  a  semester  at  the  School  of  Government  and  Public 
Administration  of  The  American  University  in  Washington.  They  may  earn  fifteen 
hours  toward  graduation  in  their  home  colleges.  Six  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a 
Conference  Seminar,  in  which  high-ranking  leaders  of  politics  and  government  meet 
with  students.  Three  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Research  Course  which  entails  the 
writing  of  a  paper  by  utilizing  the  resources  available  only  at  the  nation's  capital.  The 
remainder  of  a  student's  course  load  constitutes  electives  which  are  taken  from  the 
normal  offerings  of  American  University.  In  Washington  the  program  is  coordinated 
by  faculty  members  of  The  American  University. 

Millsaps  will  ordinarily  send  two  students  in  each  spring  semester.  These  will 
be  either  juniors  or  first  semester  seniors  and  will  be  selected  by  a  faculty  committee 
in  April  of  each  year.  Exceptionally  well-qualified  sophomores  are  occasionally  accepted. 
The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  his  home  college  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  his  participation  in  the  program. 

THE  UNITED  NATIONS  SEMESTER 

A  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  in  Madison,  New  Jersey,  enables 
Millsaps  political  science  majors  to  spend  a  semester  making  a  first  hand  study  of 
the  work  of  the  United  Nations.  Participants  may  earn  fifteen  hours  of  credit  toward 
graduation.  Three  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Conference  Seminar,  which  meets 
two    days    of    each    week    in    the    United    Nations    Plaza.    Members    of    the    Secretariat, 

SPECIAL  PROGRAMS  47 


delegates,  and  special  agency  representatives  often  lead  discussions  in  a  planned 
program  of  studies.  Students  also  earn  three  hours  of  credit  by  engaging  in  an  indi-- 
vidual  research  project  on  some  phase  of  the  United  Nations.  The  remaining  hours? 
of  credit  are  eiectives  taken  from  the  regular  course  offerings  of  Drew's  liberal  arts 
college. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose 
of  scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  his  participation  in  the  program. 

THE  LONDON  SEMESTER 

Another  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  enables  upperclass  political 
science  majors  the  opportunity  to  study  in  London,  England,  for  a  semester.  Fifteen 
hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  the  social  sciences,  with  primary  emphasis  on  political 
science.  The  faculty,  including  a  resident  director  from  Drew,  includes  members  of 
the  faculty  of  the  London  School  of  Economics  and  Political  Science,  Oxford  University, 
Leeds  University,  and  other  outstanding  schools.  Students  live  in  a  residential  hotel 
in  the  heart  of  London.  Provision  is  made  for  an  optional  pre-Fall  or  post-Spring  tour 
of  the  Continent  at  a  modest  cost. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose 
of  scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  his  participation  in  the 
program. 

LEGISLATIVE   INTERN   PROGRAM 

When  the  Mississippi  Legislature  is  in  session,  selected  political  science  students 
may  participate  in  an  internship  program  which  permits  them  to  observe  the  state 
law-making  process.  Students  serve  as  aids  to  legislators  and  legislative  committees, 
performing  a  variety  of  tasks  such  as  research,  writing,  and  marking  up  bills.  Students 
also  take  part  in  a  seminar  with  other  interns  to  examine  the  legislative  process.  See 
Political  Science  452. 

STUDY  ABROAD   PROGRAMS 

Millsaps  College  maintains  cooperative  arrangements  with  the  Junior  Year  Abroad 
program  at  the  Institute  for  American  Universities  at  Aix-en-Provence,  in  France,  and 
with  the  Southwestern  at  Oxford  summer  study  program.  Other  study  abroad  programs 
are  available  in  most  countries  of  Western  Europe  as  well  as  in  Latin  America.  Students 
interested  in  receiving  college  credit  for  such  study  may  receive  information  concerning 
these  programs  from  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate  department  or  from  the  Academic 
Dean. 

ECONOMICS— ACCOUNTING— ADMINISTRATION 
INTERN   PROGRAM 

Students  have  the  opportunity  of  obtaining  specialized  training  and  practical 
experience  through  an  established  Internship  Program.  The  program  involves  prominent 
regional  and  national  business  organizations  and  an  agency  of  the  Federal  government. 
The  student's  training  is  conducted  and  supervised  by  competent  management  personnel 
according  to  a  predetermined  agenda  of  activities.  Evaluation  of  the  student's  participa- 
tion and  progress  provides  the  basis  for  granting  appropriate  academic  credit.  See 
Econ.  451-452. 

COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

With  the  permission  of  the  Associate  Dean  and  the  chairman  of  the  department 
involved,  full-time  students  in  Millsaps  College  may  enroll  for  certain  courses  at  either 
Belhaven  College  or  Tougaloo  College  without  additional  fees.  Beihaven  College  is 
located  a  few  blocks  east  of  the  Millsaps  campus.  Tougaloo  College  is  eight  miles 
north,  at  the  edge  of  Jackson. 

These  cooperative  arrangements  afford  an  opportunity  for  students  to  enroll  in 
courses  either  not  offered  at  Millsaps  College  or  not  scheduled  during  the  appropriate 
semester  or  at  an  acceptable  class  hour. 

48  SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 


MILLSAPS-GULF  COAST  RESEARCH   LABORATORY 
COOPERATIVE  PROGRAM 

Students  at  Millsaps  College,  especially  those  in  Geology,  Biology,  and  Chemistry, 
are  permitted  to  enroll  for  one  or  more  courses  each  summer  at  Gulf  Coast  Research 
Laboratory  as  a  part  of  their  regular  program  of  studies.  The  Laboratory  is  situated 
near  Ocean  Springs,  1 80  miles  to  the  south  of  Jackson.  It  offers  some  six  courses 
which  may  be  used  as  electives  or  as  core  courses  in  the  Millsaps  curriculum.  Summer 
work  at  the  Laboratory  provides  first-hand  knowledge  of  the  life  on  land,  in  the  sea, 
and   in  a  brackish  water  environment. 

Another  Milisaps-Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  program  is  Gulf  Coast  Summer 
Research  in  Marine  Science.   See   National   Science  G480,  this  page. 


DEPARTMENTS  OF   INSTRUCTION 

EXPLANATION   OF   NUMBERS  AND  SYMBOLS 
Courses    101-198      Primarily   for   freshmen. 
Courses    201-298      Primarily    for   sophomores. 
Courses    301-398      Primarily    for   juniors   and   seniors. 

(advanced,   or   upper-division   courses) 
Courses   401-498      Special   departmental   courses. 

Courses  represented  by  odd  numbers  are  normally  taught  during  the  fall  semester; 
even-numbered  courses,  during  the  spring  semester. 

"G"      Indicates  courses  offered  at  the  Gulf  Coast  Research   Laboratory. 
"S"       Indicates  courses  offered   in  summer  only. 
"X"       Indicates  courses  carrying  extra-curricular  credit  only. 

NON-DEPARTMENTAL  COURSES 

Heritage  101-102.  The  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West  (7-7).  An  essentially  chrono- 
logical portrayal  of  the  heritage  of  western  man  viewed  from  the  perspectives  provided 
by  literature,  history,  religion,  philosophy,  the  arts,  and  other  disciplines.  The  course 
will  be  made  up  of  a  balance  of  lectures,  discussion  and  laboratory  sessions,  and 
occasional  field  trips.  Designed  for  entering  Freshmen,  but  open  to  some  Sophomores. 
Limited  enrollment.  Co-requisite  for  entering  Freshmen:   English   103-104. 

Computer  110  (1-3).  Introduction  to  Computing.  Brief  historical  development  of 
computers.  The  concept  of  an  algorithm.  Introduction  to  computer  languages,  includ- 
ing an  interactive  language.  Course  emphasis  on  the  solution  of  problems  from 
diverse  areas. 

Additional  Computer- Related  Offerings  are: 
Administration    271-272,   411-412. 
Mathematics   352,    391-392,   401-402. 

Library  210.  Library  Resources  (1).  Elective,  open  to  Sophomores  or  above  (Fresh- 
men with  instructor's  consent)  .  The  use  of  library  materials  and  services.  Lectures 
and  practical  exercises. 

Natural  Science  G480.  Gulf  Coast  Summer  Research  in  Marine  Science.  Supervised 
study  in  shallow  marine  environments  for  advanced  science  majors.  Directed  by  one 
of  the  Millsaps  science  faculty  assisted  by  the  staff  of  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory, 
Ocean  Springs,  Miss.  Group  and  individual  investigations  in  zoology,  biochemistry, 
botany,  geology,  geochemistry,  physics,  physical  oceanography,  and  chemical  ocean- 
ography. From  early  June  through  August.  Room  and  board  at  the  Laboratory. 
Limited  to  20  students.  Twelve  hours  credit.  Prerequisites:  20  hours  in  the  student's 
major  and  12  semester  hours  in  the  supporting  sciences  or  mathematics.  Junior- 
senior  standing. 
Offered  each  summer  at  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory. 

DEPARTMENTS  OF    INSTRUCTION  49 


ANCIENT  LANGUAGES 


The   Alfred    Potter   Hamilton   Chair  of   Classical    Languages 

Professor:  MAGNOLIA   COULLET,   A.M.,   Chairman 

Associate   Professor:  GEORGE   ROYSTER   STEPHENSON,   B.D. 

The  ideas  and  culture  of  Greece  and  Rome  live  on  today  in  their  contribution: 
to  the  culture  of  Western  civilization.  Intimate  contact  with  the  very  words  whici 
express  the  aspirations  of  those  great  spirits  whose  influence  has  been  so  abiding  anc 
formative  in  the  modern  world  should  help  shape  the  student's  character  to  fine  anc 
worthy  purposes.  Furthermore,  this  undertaking  affords  a  most  rigorous  exercise  ir 
the  scientific  method,  producing  habits,  and  reflexes  of  accuracy,  efficiency,  and  system 

Credit  is  not  given  for  one  semester  of  the  elementary  course  unless  the  othei 
semester  is  completed. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Latin:  To  major  in  Latin,  a  student  is  required  to  take 
24  semester  hours  of  Latin  beyond  the  101-102  course.  Students  planning  to  dc 
graduate  work  in  Latin  are  strongly  urged  to  take  at  least  two  years  of  Greek.  Majorinc 
in  this  department  will  be  dependent  upon  availability  of  instruction. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Greek:  To  major  in  Greek,  a  student  is  required  to  take 
either  24  semester  hours  of  Greek  beyond  the  101-102  course  or  18  semester  hours 
of  Greek  beyond  the  101-102  course  and  12  semester  hours  of  Latin.  Majoring  in 
this  department  will  be  dependent  upon  availability  of  instruction. 

LATIN 
101-102.      Elementary  Latin    (3-3).      Designed   for  students  who   have   undertaken   no 

previous  study  of  the  language.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  mastery  of  forms,  vocabulary, 

syntax  and  the  technique  of  translation.  Mrs.  Coullet,  Staff. 
201-202.      Intermediate  Latin    (3-3).      A  review  of  grammar  is  made  in  the  first   pari 

of  the  first  semester;  then  selections  from  Caesar  or  Cicero  are  read.  Selections  from 

Vergil's  Aeneid  are  read  during  the  second  semester.  Mrs.  Coullet.  Prerequisite:  Latin 

101-102  or  two  units  of  high  school  Latin. 
301-302.      Survey    of    Latin    Literature     (3-3).      Selections    from    Latin    authors    from 

the  earliest  period  of  the  fifth  century  A.D.  are  read  in  Latin.  Also  a  study  is  made 

of    the    history    of    Latin    Literature.    Mrs.    Coullet.    Prerequisite:     Latin    201-202    or 

equivalent. 

The  following  courses  are  offered  to  majors  and  other  students  in  accordance 
with  their  state  of  advancement.   Prerequisite:  Latin  201-202  or  equivalent. 

331.  Roman  Satire  (3).      Selections  from  Horace,  Juvenal,  and  Persius. 

332.  Roman  Historians  (3).      Selections  from  Livy  and  Tacitus. 

341,  Roman  Lyric  Poetry  (3).      Selections  from  Catullus  and  the  elegiac  poets. 

342.  Roman  Letters  (3).      Selections  from  Cicero  and  Pliny. 

351.  Roman  Comedy    (3).      Selections  from   Plautus  and   Terence. 

352.  Lucretius  (3).      Selections  from  the  De  Rerum  Natura. 

401-402.      Directed  Reading  (3-3).      Additional  selections  for  advanced  students. 

GREEK 

101-102.      Introduction    to    Greek    (3-3).      Forms,    vocabulary,    syntax,    and    emphasis 

upon    the    contributions    made    by    the    Greeks    to    Western    civilization.    Readings    in 

Greek  New  Testament,  and  the  Anabasis. 
201-202.      Plato,    and    Greek    New    Testament     (3-3).      Plato's    Apology,    Crito    and 

Phaedo    are    covered.    Selections    from    the    Greek    New    Testament    are    also    read. 

Prerequisite:   Greek    101-102. 

50  ANCIENT  LANGUAGES 


The    following    courses    are    offered    to    majors    and    other    students    in    accordance 
with    their   state   of    advancement.    Prerequisite:    Greek   201-202   or    equivalent. 
'331.      Euripides  and  Sophocles  (3).      Selections. 
232.      Aeschylus  and  Aristophanes  (3).      Selections. 

341.  Homer  (3).      Selections  from  the  Iliad. 

342.  New  Testament  Greek  (3) .      Epistles  to  the  Romans  and  to  the  Hebrews. 
401-402.      Directed  Reading   (3-3).      Additional  selections  for  advanced  students. 

CLASSICAL  STUDIES 

311.  Mythology  (3).  The  ancient  myths  of  Greece  and  Rome  and  their  influence 
on   later  literature.  This  course   is  conducted   in   English,  and   is  open  to  all   students. 

312.  Roman  Civilization  (3).  Examines  the  various  facets  of  Roman  life- — history, 
art  and  architecture,  public  and  private  life,  literature,  etc.,  and  their  influence  on 
the  life  of  today.  This  course  is  conducted  in  English  and  is  open  to  all  students. 
The  material    is  presented,   in   the   main,  by   means  of   slides  and   film   strips. 


ART 

Associate    Professor:  WILLIAM    D.    ROWELL,   M.F.A.,   Chairman 

Assistant   Professor:  LUCY  WEBB   MILLSAPS,   M.A. 

Instructor:  GEORGE   ALEXANDER,   M.F.A. 

101-102.      Design.     (3-3).      Composition,    color,    and    the    traditional    techniques    of 

representation;   drawing,   painting,   modeling. 
103-104.      Drawing.       (3-3).      Laboratory  experiences  in  drawing  artificial  and  natural 

forms  employing  a  variety  of  media. 
212-213.      Printmaking.    (3-3).       Introduction  to   relief  and   intaglio  printing  with  em- 
phasis on  the  woodcut.  Prerequisite:  Drawing  103-104,  Design  101-102  or  permission 

of  instructor. 
221.      Ceramics.    (3-3).      Principles   and   practices    in   pottery   making.   One   three-hour 

instruction  period  weekly,  plus  one  three-hour  lab. 
301-302.      Painting.     (3-3).      Oil    and    water    color.    The    materials    and    properties    of 

painting,  methods  of  presentation  and  composition  problems. 
337-339.      Art  for  Children.      See  Education  337-339. 
351-352.      Art  History.    (3-3).      An  illustrated  lecture  course  surveying  the  visual  and 

plastic  arts  from  prehistoric  to  contemporary  times. 


BIOLOGY 


Professor:  RONDAL   EDWARD   BELL,    Ph.D.,   Chairman       ■ 

Associate   Professors:  JAMES   PRESTON   McKEOWN,    Ph.D. 

ROBERT   B.   NEVINS,   M.S. 

Assistant   Professor:  MACK  TILLMAN    FINLEY,   Ph.D. 

Biology  serves  ( 1  )  to  present  the  basic  principles  underlying  life  phenomena 
and  to  correlate  these  principles  with  human  living;  (2)  to  give  students  a  panorama 
of  the  kinds  of  animals  and  plants  which  now  inhabit  the  earth  and  the  major  features 
of  their  behavior;  (3)  to  help  students  appreciate  their  living  environments;  and  (4) 
to  present  a  generalized  view  of  heredity  and  evolution. 

ART/BIOLOGY  51 


Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  majoring  in  Biology  is  required  to  take  Biolog> 
111-112,  121-122,  491,  492;  one  of  323,  333,  or  361;  either  315  or  345;  anc 
one  of  372,  381,  or  391.  A  preliminary  test  must  be  passed  at  least  one  academic 
year  before  the  comprehensive  examination. 

101-102.  Fundamentals  of  Biology  (3-3).  Principles  and  theories  of  the  life  science: 
including  maintenance,  reproduction,  evolution,  diversity,  ecology,  and  biogeography; 
designed  for  non-science  majors.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  two-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week. 

111-112.  Botany  (4-4) .  First  semester,  structure  and  function  of  seed  plants;  second 
semester,  evolutionary  survey  of  plant  kingdom;  economic  significance  of  lower  plants. 
Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

121-122.  Zoology  (4-4).  Invertebrate  and  vertebrate  taxonomy,  morphology,  phys-' 
iology  and  natural  history.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods   a   week. 

S211.  Comparative  Anatomy  (4).  Structure  of  the  organs  and  organ  systems  of  the 
chordates,  emphasizing  the  dissection  of  Amphioxus,  lamprey,  shark,  salamander  and 
cat.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite: 
Biology   121-122. 

S221.  Embryology  (4).  Fertilization,  morphogenesis  and  differentiation  of  organ 
systems  of  vertebrates.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

251-252.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology  (5-5).  (Integrated  course  in  Verte- 
brate Anatomy,  Embryology  and  Histology) .  Reproduction  and  organ  system  differen- 
tiation with  gross  and  microscopic  anatomy  of  the  vertebrate  systems.  Three  discussion 
periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.   Prerequisite:  Biology   121-122. 

301.  hiistology  (4).  Microscopic  anatomy  of  vertebrates  with  emphasis  on  basic 
tissues.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prere- 
quisite:   Permission   of   instructor. 

315.  Genetics  (4).  Mendelian  genetics;  the  nature,  transmission  and  mode  of  action  i 
of  the  genetic  material;  the  role  of  genetics  in  development  and  evolution.  Two  i 
discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology 
111-112;    121-122. 

323.  Plant  Taxonomy  (4).  Principles  of  plant  classification;  common  plant  families; 
collection  and  identification  of  local  flora.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112. 

333.  Vertebrate  Taxonomy  (4).  Identification,  life  history,  ecology,  and  evolutionary 
histories  of  the  vertebrates.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

345.  Ecology  (4).  Interrelations  of  biotic  communities  and  their  physical  environ- 
ments; energy  flow,  succession,  climax  types,  and  population  interractions.  Two  dis- 
cussion periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology 
1  11-112;    122-122. 

S351.  Field  Biology  (5).  Summer  environmental  study  trips  to  southwestern  United 
States  and  Mexico.  Approximately  three  weeks  away  from  campus  on  intensive 
field  studies.  Prerequisite:  Open  by  application  only;  limited  enrollment;  8  hours  of 
biology  or  permission  of  instructor. 

361.  Aquatic  Biology  (4).  Ecology  of  principal  invertebrate  taxa  of  fresh  waters  of 
Mississippi.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  identification  and  community  composition.  Two 
discussion  periods  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology 
111-112;   121-122;  345. 

52  BIOLOGY 


572.  Plant  Physiology  (4).  Plant  soil  and  water  relations,  metabolism,  and  growth 
regulation.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  Biology   111-112;   Chemistry  232-234. 

J81.  General  Bacteriology  (4).  Historical  survey,  pure  culture  methods  of  study,  and 
the  general  morphology  and  identification  of  bacteria.  Two  discussion  periods  and 
two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;  Chemistry 
232-234. 

382.  Advanced  General  Bacteriology  (4).  Physiology  and  biochemical  principles 
associated  with  studies  of  micro-organisms.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.   Prerequisite:    Biology   381. 

^91.      General  Physiology    (4).      Study  of  the  constituents,  properties,  and  activities  of 
i     protoplasm.    Two    discussion    periods    and   two    two-hour    laboratory    periods    a    week. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Chemistry  232-234. 

1401-402.  Special  Problems  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor. 

491-492.  Seminar  in  Biology  (1-1).  Selected  topics  of  biological  interest.  Required 
of  all  senior  Biology  majors.   One  discussion  period  a  week. 


CHEMISTRY 

The  J.    B.    Price   Chair  of  Chemistry 

Professors:  ROY  ALFRED    BERRY,   JR.,    Ph.D.,   Chairman 

CHARLES   EUGENE  CAIN,   Ph.D. 

Associate   Professors:  ALLEN   DAVID   BISHOP,  JR.,   Ph.D. 

GEORGE   HAROLD  EZELL,   Ph.D. 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Chemistry  are  ( 1  )  to  provide  at  least  an 
introduction  to  the  scientific  method  for  non-science  majors;  (2)  to  equip  science 
majors  with  the  proper  background  for  professional  and  graduate  study;  and  (3)  to 
provide  terminal  training  for  those  students  who  go  into  industry  and  teaching. 

Requirements  for  Major:  All  majors  are  required  to  take  the  following  courses: 
121-125,  122-126,  231-233,  232-234,  391,  492.  In  addition  to  this  candidates 
for  the  B.A.  degree  will  take  Chemistry  264-266,  Physics  131-132  or  101-102  and 
151-152.  Candidates  for  the  B.S.  degree  must  have  a  2.5  average  in  Chemistry  and 
take  Chemistry  341,  354-356,  363-365,  364-366,  Physics  131-132,  and  mathe- 
matics through  Integral  Calculus.  Two  approved  advanced  electives  in  chemistry,  physics, 
or  mathematics  are  also  required.  Chemistry  S231-S233,  S232-S234  may  be  substituted 
for  Chemistry  231-233,  232-234  by  B.A.  degree  candidates  only. 

Majors  desiring  an  American  Chemical  Society  accredited  B.S.  degree  in  Chemistry 
are  required  to  take  the  following  courses:  Chemistry  121-125,  122-126,  231-233, 
232-234,  341,  354-356,  363-365,  364-366,  491,  492,  Physics  131-132,  German 
101,  102,  201,  202,  and  mathematics  through  Integral  Calculus.  Two  approved  ad- 
vanced electives  in  chemistry,  physics,  or  mathematics  are  also   required. 

101-102.  Modern  Chemistry  (3-3).  Modern  theories  and  principles  of  chemistry 
and  their  application  to  life  in  today's  world.  Chemical  research  and  methods  as 
well  as  chemical  topics  important  in  day-to-day  living  are  studied.  Two  lectures  and 
one  application  session  a  week.  Not  acceptable  toward  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

CHEMISTRY  53 


121-122.      General    Chemistry     (3-3).      Fundamental    principles    of    modern  chemistry] 

and    its    applications.    Atomic    theory,    theory   of    bonding.    Kinetic    Theory  of    Gases; 

chemical  equilibrium,  periodicity,  liquid  and  solid  state  theory.  Corequisite:  Chemistr 
125-126. 

125-126.  General  Analytical  Chemistry  (2-2).  Theory  and  applications  of  qualitative 
and  quantitative  techniques  with  emphasis  on  solution  chemistry  and  compute^ 
application.  Corequisite:  Chemistry    121-122. 

231-232.      Organic   Chemistry    (3-3).      A  comprehensive   survey  of   the   aliphatic   anc^ 

aromatic   series  of   organic   compounds.    Mechanisms   and   theory   are   discussed.    Pre^ 

requisite:    Chemistry    121-122.    Corequiste:    Chemistry    233-234. 

J 
S231-S232.      Principles  of  Organic  Chemistry    (3-3).      A  survey  of   the   aliphatic   and| 

aromatic  series  of  organic  compounds.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry   121-122.  Corequisite:! 

Chemistry  S233-S234.  ' 

233-234.  Modern  Methods  in  Organic  Chemistry  (2-2).  Theory  and  applications 
in  the  preparation,  separation,  and  identification  of  organic  compounds.  Use  of 
modern    instrumentation    is  emphasized.   Corequiste:   Chemistry  231-232. 

S232-S234.  Principles  of  Modern  Organic  Methods  (1-1).  Theory  and  applications 
in  the  preparation,  separation,  and  identification  of  organic  compounds.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry   S231-S232.  j 

i 

251.      Analytical  Chemistry  1.    (2).      The  theory  and  application  of  analytical  methods:' 

chemical  equilibria,  acid-base  theory,  oxidation-reduction,  and  an  introduction  into 
electrochemical  techniques.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry 
253. 

253.  Applications  of  Analytical  Chemistry  (2).  Gravimetric  and  volumetric  methods 
are  presented  in  the  laboratory  with  unknowns  in  acidmetry  and  alkalimetry,  oxidation-] 
reduction,  iodimetry  and  precipitation  methods.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  251. 

264.  Biophysical  Chemistry  (3).  Designed  to  acquaint  the  pre-professional  student 
with  the  applications  of  physico-chemical  principles  to  biological  situations.  Prere-j 
quisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  266. 

I 

266.      Modern    Biophysical    Methods     (1).      Theory    and    applications    of    modern    bio-j 

chemical   and   biophysical    techniques.    Corequisite:   Chemistry   264. 

334.  Organic  Qualitative  Analysis  (2).  Theory  and  practice  of  identification  of 
organic  compounds  and  mixtures  of  organic  compounds,  and  classification  of  organic 
compounds  according  to  functional  groups.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232.  Co-j 
requisite:   Chemistry   335.  ■ 

335.  Modern  Methods  in  Qualitative  Organic  (2).  Theory  and  applications  of  modern^ 
organo-analytical  chemistry.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  334. 

336.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  (3).  Stereochemistry,  mechanisms,  and  selected; 
topics.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231 -232. 

341.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3).  A  study  of  atomic  structure,  theories  of 
chemical  bonding,  spectrascopy,  the  electronic  basis  of  periodic  classification,  and' 
inorganic  stereochemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122,  Mathematics  224  or  226.' 

354.  Analytical  Chemistry  11  (3).  The  theory  of  optical  and  electrical  instruments! 
employed  in  the  modern  analytical  laboratory:  absorption  spectometry,  emissionj 
spectrametry,  potentiometry,  polargraphy,  differential  thermal  analysis,  and  gas  phasej 
chromatography.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  363,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Core-j 
quisite   356.  I 

i 
54  CHEMISTRY  ' 


356.  Analytical  Chemistry  II — Methods  (1).  Practical  applications  of  chemical  in- 
strumentation. Corequisite:  Chemistry  354. 

358.  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry  (4).  Chemical  equilibria  in  aqueous  and  non- 
aqueous solutions.  Physical  and  chemical  methods  of  separation:  Chromotography, 
Ion  exchange,  dialysis,  flotation,  and  solvent  extraction  techniques.  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry   354-356. 

363-364.  Physical  Chemistry  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  kinetic-molecular  theory,  chemi- 
cal thermodynamics,  chemical  kinetics,  electrochemistry,  surface  chemistry,  and  an 
introduction  to  quantum  chemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122,  and  Differential 
&  Integral  Calculus.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  363-364. 

365-366.  Physio-Chemical  Methods  (1-1).  Theory  and  applications  of  modern 
physical  methods  in  chemistry.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  363-364. 

372.  Geochemistry  (3).  An  introduction  into  the  application  of  chemical  principles 
of  geological  systems:  Carbonate  equilibria.  Clay  colloid  chemistry,  Eh-pH  diagrams, 
chemical  weathering,  organic  materials  in  sediments,  and  phase  diagrams.  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry  363  or  consent  of  instructor. 

394.  Biochemistry  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  Biochemis- 
try. A  treatment  of  the  dynamic  aspects  of  the  chemistry  of  living  organisms.  A 
discussion  of  the  chemical  and  physical  properties  of  the  major  constituents  of  living 
ceils.  Mechanisms  and  stereochemistry  of  organic  reactions  occurring  in  biological 
systems.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232,  264.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  396. 

396.  Biochemical  Applications  (1).  Theory  and  practice  of  modern  biochemical 
methods.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  364. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  An  introduction  to  scientific 
research.  Open  only  to  approved  students. 

405-406.      Independent  Study    ( 1    to  3  —  1   to  3).      Open  only  to  approved  students. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Open  only  to  approved 
students. 

491-492,  History  &  Literature  of  Chemistry  (2-2).  Designed  to  review  and  integrate 
basic  chemical  knowledge  in  conjunction  with  an  oral  and  written  presentation  of 
scientific  works.  History  of  Chemistry  and  the  proper  use  of  chemical  literature  are 
included. 


ECONOMICS,  ACCOUNTINq  AND  ADMINISTRATION 

The   Dan   White   Chair  of   Economics 

Professor:  RICHARD   BRUCE   BALTZ,   Ph.D.,   Chairman 

Assistant  Professors:  STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS,  C.P.A. 

GUY  THOMSON  SOLIE,  M.B.A. 

Instructors:  JACQUELINE  G.   JONES,  M.B.A. 

SAMUEL  JOHN   NICHOLAS,   JR.,   LL.B. 
DIANE  TRIPLETT  PEARSON,  M.B.A. 

Adjunct  Professor:  LAWRENCE   B.   MORSE,   Ph.D. 

The  objectives  of  the  department  are  ( 1  )  to  improve  the  student's  economic 
and  business  maturity,  (2)  to  help  him  to  become  a  better  informed  citizen,  (3) 
to  provide  him  with  a  thorough  foundation  for  graduate  study,  and  (4)  to  prepare  him 
for  a  career  in  administration. 

ECONOMICS,  ACCOUNTING,  AND  ADMINISTRATION  55 


Students  majoring  in  the  department  will  be  graduated  with  either  a  Bachelor  of 
Arts  or  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  Accounting^  Administration,  or 
Economics. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Economics:  An  economics  major  is  required  to  take 
Accounting  281-282,  Mathematics  223-224  or  225-226  (Mathematics  115-116  are 
prerequisites),  and  Economics  371  or  Mathematics  172  or  Psychology  271  during  the 
Sophomore  or  Junior  year;  Administration  271,  Economics  303,  304,  348  or  372  during 
the  Junior  year;  Economics  361,  401,  348  or  372,  and  402  or  404  during  the  Senior 
year.  (This  program  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  graduate  studies  in  Economics 
or  Business.  A  major  in  mathematics  would  be  an  ideal  complement.) 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Accounting:  The  program  of  study  for  a  major  in 
Accounting  is  considered  adequate  preparation  for  the  CPA  examination.  While  this 
program  prepares  a  student  for  a  professional  career  in  Accounting,  it  can  also  be  appro- 
priate preparation  for  graduate  studies  in  operations  management  or  management  science, 
by  complementing  the  Mathematics  115-116  sequence  in  place  of  the  department's 
requirement  for  Mathematics  103-104.  Accounting  281-282  must  be  completed  before 
the  Junior  year. 

An  accounting  major  is  required  to  take  Accounting  281-282,  and  Mathematics 
103-104  before  the  Junior  year;  Economics  371  or  Psychology  271  or  Mathematics  172 
and  Administration  271  during  the  Sophomore  or  Junior  year;  Economics  303,  304, 
Administration  362,  Accounting  381-382,  and  391  during  the  Junior  year;  Accounting 
392,  395,  398  and  Administration  222  during  the  Senior  year. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Administration:  The  program  of  study  for  a  major  in 
Administration  is  designed  to  strike  a  balance  between  course  work  and  practical  appli- 
cation. It  is  also  flexible  enough  that  a  student  may  complete  department  requirements 
in  four  semesters.  This  program  is  not  intended  as  a  preparation  for  graduate  studies, 
consequently  Mathematics  103-104  satisfies  the  department's  Mathematics  requirement. 

An  Administration  major  is  normally  required  to  take  Accounting  281-282, 
Economics  201-202  and  Mathematics  103-104  before  the  Junior  year:  Economics  371 
or  Psychology  271  or  Mathematics  172  and  Administration  271  during  the  Sophomore 
or  Junior  year;  Administration  222,  335,  336  during  the  Junior  year;  Administration 
451-452  during  the  Senior  year  and  10  hours  in  the  department  to  include  Administra- 
tion 401-402,  345-346  or  the  substitution  of  at  least  9  comparable  hours  approved 
by  the  department  chairman  to  satisfy  Administration  options  in  areas  other  than  in 
Business.  These  options  may  include  such  areas  as  public  administration,  office  ad- 
ministration, personnel  administration,  fine  arts  administration,  science  administration, 
social  service  administration,  and  others  approved  by  the  department  chairman. 

Other  Requirements  and  Programs:  Bachelor  of  Arts  majors  in  the  department 
are  encouraged  to  satisfy  the  Philosophy  requirement  with  Philosophy  201  and  311. 
An  Internship  Program  (451-452),  required  of  Administration  majors,  is  also  available 
to  other  majors.  The  department  offers  as  survey  courses  for  all  students  the  following 
courses:  Economics  201,  202,  Accounting  281,  282,  and  Administration  131  and  222. 
Other  upper-division  courses  are  suitable  without  specific  prerequisites. 

Several  courses  in  the  department  are  offered  on  a  segmented  basis,  where  students 
attend  specific  class  sessions  for  partial  credit.  The  courses  are  Economics  201,  361, 
Accounting   395,  and  Administration  335,   336. 

56  ECONOMICS,  ACCOUNTING,  AND  ADMINISTRATION 


Transfer  Credit:  Transfer  students  should  normally  expect  to  satisfy  the  statistics 
requirement  at  Millsaps.  The  first  six  hours  of  accounting  principles  will  normally 
satisfy  the  department's  281-282  requirement;  the  typical  six  hours  of  Sophomore 
economics  will  normally  satisfy  the  Economics  201-202  requirement  for  Administration 
majors. 

ECONOMICS 

201.  Principles  (1  to  3).  Basic  principles  of  price  theory  national  income  analysis, 
and  international  trade. 

202.  Problems  (3).  Class  discussion  of  current  problems  and  issues  of  national  and 
international  importance. 

303.  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theory  (3).  Value  and  distribution  theory,  market 
equilibrium,   resource   allocation,   and   public   policy. 

304.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory  (3).  National  income  determination,  com- 
modity and  money  market  equilibrium,  public  policy,  and  economic  forecasting. 

348.  Advanced  Economic  Problems  (3).  A  seminar-type  course  devoted  to  an  ex- 
tension and  application  of  economic  theory.  Prerequisite:  Economics  303. 

361.  Money,  Banking,  and  Public  Finance  (2  to  3).  Money  and  credit,  capital 
markets,  monetary  institutions,  public  expenditures,  taxation,  and  public  policy. 

371-372.  Quantitative  Methods  (2  to  3  —  2  to  3).  An  application  of  statistics  and 
mathematics  to  economic  analysis,  business  problems,  planning  techniques,  and  de- 
cision-making. 

401  -402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) . 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3) . 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Economics  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  ( 1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with 
selected  business  and  government  institutions. 

ADMINISTRATION 

131.  Fundamentals  and  Problems  (3).  Business  conditions,  administration  processes, 
operations,  techniques  and  problems. 

222.      Law   (3).      A  survey  of  law,  contracts,  and  commercial  code. 

232.  Principles  of  Management  (3).  Management  functions,  applications,  and  cur- 
rent developments. 

271-272.      Computers  and  Systems   ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).      Programming  and  application 

to  systems  and  procedures. 

335-336.  Business  Systems  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Concepts  of  marketing,  production, 
finance,  and  organization  appropriate  to  business  and  decision-making. 

345-346.  Business  Decision-making  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  The  practice  of  decision- 
making using  simulations  and  case  problems. 

351.  Marketing  (3).  The  marketing  function;  pricing  practices,  product  policies, 
promotion,  and  planning. 

354.  Manufacturing  and  Manpower  Management  (3).  Industrial  planning,  operation, 
control,  personnel  and  labor  relations. 

362.  Business  Finance  (3).  The  finance  function;  analysis  and  management,  con- 
trolling, and  financial  policies.   Prerequisite:  Accounting  281    or  282. 

ECONOMICS.  ACCOUNTING,  AND  ADMINISTRATION  57 


401  -402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3) . 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) . 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Administration  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  ( 1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with 
selected  business  and  government  institutions. 

ACCOUNTING 

XI 01 -102  Personal  Finance  ( 1  to  2  —  1  to  2).  Class  sessions  devoted  to  the  stock 
market,   investing,  and  personal  money  management. 

281-282.  Introduction  to  Accounting  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is  devoted  to  basic 
concepts  and  procedures;  the  second  semester  emphasizes  financial  and  administrative 
applications. 

381-382.      Intermediate   Accounting   Theory  (3-3).      Accounting   principles   applicable 

to  the  content,  valuation,  and  presentation  of  the  principal  ledger  items;  the  analysis 

of    financial    statements;    working    capital  and    operations;     reorganization;    selected 
topics.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  281-282. 

391.  Cost  Accounting  (3).  Procedures  for  accumulating  data  for  product  costing 
with  major  emphasis  on  costs  for  managerial  planning  and  control.  Prerequisite: 
Accounting    281-282. 

392.  Auditing  (3).  A  conceptual  approach  to  auditing  with  attention  directed  to 
audit   reports  and  to   informational  systems.    Prerequisite:   Accounting   381-382. 

395.  Tax  Accounting  (1  to  3 ) .  Problems  and  procedures  in  connection  with  Federal 
and  state  tax  laws  including  the  preparation  of  various  reports.  Prerequisite:  Accounting 
281-282. 

398.  Advanced  Accounting  Problems  (3).  Practical  problems  and  recent  develop- 
ments in  accounting  procedure.   Prerequiiste:  Accounting  381-382. 

401  -402.  Directed  Readings  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) . 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3) . 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Accounting  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  ( 1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with 
selected  business  and  government  institutions. 

EDUCATION 

Professor:  ROBERT   EDGAR  MOORE,    Ph.D.,   Chairman 

Associate   Professor:  MYRTIS   FLOWERS  MEADERS,   M.Ed. 

Assistant  Professor:  JAMES  MARION   MARBLE,  M.Ed. 

Instructor:  LOUISE   ESCUE   BYLER,  M.M.Ed. 

Courses  in  Education,  with  the  exception  of  205  and  207,  are  not  open  to  freshmen. 
Professional  training  is  offered  in  both  the  secondary  and  elementary  fields  and  is 
designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Division  of  Certification,  State  Department 
of  Education,  for  the  Class  A  Certificate   in  both  fields. 


58  EDUCATrON 


Requirements  for  Major  in  Elementary  Education:  Students  majoring  in  Elementary 
Education  are  required  to  complete  the  courses  necessary  to  obtain  the  Mississippi  Class 
A  Elementary  Certificate. 

205.  Child  Psychology  (3).  A  study  of  the  growth  and  development  of  the  indi- 
vidual from  infancy  through  childhood.   Same  as   Psychology  205. 

207.  Adolescent  Psychology  (3).  A  study  of  all  aspects  of  psychological  development 
during  the  adolescent  years.  Same  as  Psychology  207.  (A  student  may  not  receive 
credit  for  both  205  and  207.) 

211.  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  This  course  is  designed  to  teach 
an  understanding  of  the  structure  of  the  number  system  as  well  as  the  vocabulary 
and  concepts  of  sets,  algebra,  and  geometry  on  the  elementary  level. 

213-214.  Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  (3-3).  Methods  and  materials  for 
teaching   reading    in   the   primary  grades. 

305.  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  The  communication  skills;  speak- 
ing, writing,  and  listening  with  special  emphasis  on  linguistics.  Prerequiiste:  Education 
205. 

311.  Literature.  Kindergarten  through  3rd  grade  (3).  Materials  and  methods  of 
teaching  literature  in  the  primary  grades. 

313.  Literature.  4th  grade  through  Junior  High  School  (3).  Materials  and  methods 
of   teaching    literature   in    intermediate   grades   and    junior   high    school. 

320.  Science  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  This  course  covers  the  content  (subject 
matter),  materials,  resources,  and  methods  of  teaching  and  learning  science  in  the 
elementary  school. 

321.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  This  course  emphasizes  the  subject 
matter,  materials,  and  methods  of  teaching  and  learning  the  social  studies  in  the 
elementary  school. 

323.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  The  teaching  of  music  for  classroom 
teachers.  The  basic  elements  of  theory  are   included. 

337.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Subject  matter,  methods,  and  materials  of 
teaching  art  in  the  primary  grades  with  emphasis  on  correlation  with  other  learning 
areas. 

341.  Measurement  and  Evaluation  (3).  Principles  and  techniques  of  educational 
measurement  and  evaluation.  This  includes  test  terminology,  types  of  instruments, 
selection  procedures,  and  the  administering,  scoring,  tabulation,  and  interpretation 
of  test  data. 

345.  Principles  of  Education  (3).  Principles  and  techniques  of  teaching  the  elemen- 
tary grades  including  philosophy  and  foundations  of  education,  organizational  patterns 
which  include  the  self-contained  classroom,  team  teaching,  and  non-gradedness. 

352.  Educational  Psychology  (3).  Applications  of  psychology  to  problems  of  learning 
and  teaching.   Same  as   Psychology   352. 

362.  General  Methods  of  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (3).  This  course  is  designed 
to  introduce  the  student  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  learning  and  teaching. 
Prerequisites:  Education  207  and  352. 

372.  Principles  of  Secondary  Education  (3).  This  course  is  designed  to  orient  those 
students  who  are  planning  to  teach  in  the  high  school  to  certain  principles  and 
problems  of  our  modern  high  schools,  including  guidance.  Prerequisites:  Education 
207  and  352. 

EDUCATION  59 


430.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School  (6).  The 
student  observes  and  teaches  in  an  accredited  elementary  school  throughout  the 
semester.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  conferences  between  students 
and   college  supervisors.    Prerequisites:   C   Average   and    Education    211,    213-214. 

431-432.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School  (3-3). 
The  student  observes  and  teaches  in  an  accredited  elementary  school  throughout  the 
academic  year.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  conferences  between 
students  and  college  supervisors.  Prerequisites:  C  Average  and  Education  211,  213- 
214. 

452.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (6).  The  stu- 
dent observes  and  teaches  throughout  a  semester  in  an  accredited  secondary  school. 
This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  conferences  between  students  and 
college  supervisors.   Prerequisite:  C  Average  and   Education   362. 

453-454.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (3-3). 
The  student  observes  and  teaches  throughout  the  academic  year  in  an  accredited 
secondary  school.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  conferences  between 
students  and  college  supervisors.  Prerequisites:  C  Average  and  Education  362. 


ENGLISH 

The   Milton   Christian   White   Chair  of   English    Literature 

Professor:  GEORGE  WILSON   BOYD,   Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Associate   Professors:  PAUL   DOUGLAS   HARDIN,  A.M. 

MILDRED   LILLIAN   MOREHEAD,   A.M. 
ROBERT   HERBERT  PADGETT,   A.M. 

Assistant   Professor:  LOIS  TAYLOR   BLACKWELL,   A.M. 

Instructors:  DANIEL   G.    HISE,    B.A. 

MARSHALL  THEODORE   KEYS,   M.A. 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  English  are  ( 1)  to  give  all  students  proficiency 
in  the  writing  of  clear  and  correct  English,  and  to  make  them  familiar  with  the  master 
works  which  are  the  literary  heritage  of  the  English  people;  (2)  to  give  to  all  who 
wish  to  pursue  eiectives  in  the  department  an  understanding  and  appreciation  of 
selected  authors  and  periods  of  literature;  and  (3)  to  provide  for  those  who  wish  to 
teach  or  enter  graduate  school,  preparation  and  background  for  specialized  study. 

Requirements  for  Major:  An  English  major  is  required  to  take  Library  210,  English 
101-102  or  103-104,  201-202,  491  in  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year  and 
eighteen  hours  of  other  courses  in  the  department.  Majors  must  complete  the  201-202 
course  in  Greek,  Latin,  or  a  modern  foreign  language  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better, 
or  pass  an  equivalent  proficiency  examination.  Students  planning  to  pursue  graduate 
study  in  English  are  advised  that  a  reading  knowledge  of  French,  German,  and  sometimes 
Latin  is  generally  required.  A  minimum  of  one  year  of  Latin  or  Greek  is  strongly 
recommended  for  all  majors. 

101-102.  Composition.  (3-3).  A  year's  study  of  fundamentals  of  rhetoric  and  com- 
position. The  first  semester  has  weekly  themes  and  introductions  to  essays,  short 
stories,  and  the  novel;  the  second  semester  teaches  the  research  paper  and  intro- 
ductions to  poetry  and  drama. 

60  ENGLISH 


103-104.  Composition.  (2-2).  A  specially  designed  English  composition  course 
correlated  with  Heritage  101-102,  the  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West,  and  intended 
to  develop  and  augment  the  student's  abilities  in  reading,  writing,  and  speaking. 
Corequisite:  Heritage  101-102. 

105  Advanced  freshman  composition.  (3).  Designed  for  freshmen  with  exceptionally 
strong  preparation  in  English,  as  evidenced  by  an  ACT  score  of  27  or  above  and 
the  extempore  writing  of  an  acceptable  theme  for  a  department  committee,  this 
course  concentrates  steadily  on  expository,  critical,  and  some  creative  writing.  Readings 
in  poetry  and  short  fiction  furnish  materials  and  occasion  for  the  writing. 
English   105  fulfills  the  total  College  requirement  in  English  composition. 

201-202.  English  Literature.  (3-3).  A  survey  of  English  literature  from  the  beginnings 
to  the  present.  Section  1  of  each  course  is  especially  designed  for  prospective  English 
majors  and  Heritage  program  graduates.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or 
105. 

301-302.  American  Literature  (3-3).  A  survey  of  American  literature  from  the 
seventeenth  century  to  the  present.  Need  not  be  taken  in  sequence.  Prerequisite: 
English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

313-314.  Literature  of  the  Western  World  (3-3).  A  chronological  study  of  selected 
major  works  of  European  literature  (in  translation)  from  Homer  to  Cervantes  (first 
semester)  and  from  Moliere  to  Camus  (second  semester).  Each  semester  may  be 
taken   separately.    Prerequisite   or   corequisite:    English    201-202. 

319.  Renaissance  Non-Dramatic  Prose  and  Poetry  (3).  A  survey  of  non-dramatic 
English  literature  from  More's  Utopia  until  the  end  of  the  sixteenth  century,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  lyric  and  on  the  early  books  of  The 
Faerie  Queene.  Prerequisite:   English  201-202. 

321.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3).  A  study  of  the  works 
of  the  representative  writers  of  the  seventeenth  century,  exclusive  of  John  Milton. 
Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

322.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3).  A  study  of  English 
literature  of  the  eighteenth  century,  selected  from  the  works  of  the  major  writers. 
Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

325.  English  Romantic  Poets  (3).  A  study  of  the  poetry  and  the  prose  of  the 
Romantic  poets.  Library  readings  and  a  term  paper  are  required.  Prerequisite  or 
corequisite:  English  201-202. 

326.  Tennyson,  Browning,  and  Arnold  (3).  A  study  of  the  poetry  and  prose  of  the 
major  Victorian  poets.  Library  readings  and  papers  are  required.  Prerequisite  or  co- 
requisite:  English  201-202. 

331.  History  of  the  English  Novel  (3).  Novels  from  Fielding  to  Hardy  are  cast  in 
their  historical  contexts,  with  specific  consideration  of  types,  movements,  and  critical 
techniques.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

332.  Modern  Fiction  (3).  A  study  of  twentieth-century  British,  American,  and 
Continental  fiction,  emphasizing  major  trends  and  major  authors,  with  an  intensive 
reading  of  selected  novels.   Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

337.  Modern  Drama  (3).  A  study  of  British,  American,  and  Continental  drama  since 
1890.  Approximately  fifty  plays  are  assigned  for  reading.  Prerequisite:  English 
201-202. 

ENGLISH  61 


341.  Modern  English  and  American  Poetry  (3).  A  survey  of  English  and  American 
poetry  since  1900.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

350.  Major  American  Writers  (3).  A  critical  study  of  major  American  authors, 
representing  nineteenth  and  twentieth  century  developments  In  romanticism,  realism, 
and  naturalism.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

361.  Chaucer  (3).  An  introduction  to  Middle  English  language  and  literature;  a 
reading  of  the  Troilus  and  all  the  Canterbury  Tales.  Reading  and  reports  from  Chaucer 
scholarship    and    a    critical    paper.    Prerequisite:    English    201-202. 

365-366.  Shakespeare  (3-3).  A  study  of  representative  plays  of  Shakespeare,  with 
special  attention  to  structural  principles,  themes,  and  language  and  to  the  back- 
grounds and  customs  of  the  Elizabethan  theatre.  There  is  some  parallel  reading  in 
other  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  dramatists.  The  first  semester  focuses  on  the  plays 
before  1603,  especially  the  histories;  the  second  semester  focuses  on  the  tragedies 
and  late  romances.  Each  semester  may  be  taken  separately.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite: 
English  201-202. 

367.  Milton  (3).  A  reading  of  the  important  minor  poems,  selected  prose,  and  all  of 
Paradise  Lost,  Paradise  Regained,  and  Samson  Agonistes.  Reading  and  reports  from 
Milton   scholarship   and   a   critical    paper.    Prerequisite:    English    201-202. 

393.  Creative  Writing  (3).  A  course  in  the  reading  and  writing  of  poetry.  Prere- 
quisite:  English    101-102,    103-104,    105,  and  the  consent  of  the  instructor. 

396.  Literary  Criticism  (3).  A  study  of  major  literary  theories  from  Plato  to  the 
twentieth  century,  with  emphasis  upon  modern  analytical  techniques  and  practical 
application  to  appropriate   literary  texts.    Prerequisite:    English   201-202. 

397.  Advanced  English  Grammar  and  Composition  (3).  An  intensive  study  of  English 
grammar,  taking  account  of  both  current  American  usage  and  formal,  traditional  usage, 
and  a  re-examination  of  expository  composition  as  based  on  thesis  and  logical  outline. 
Prerequisite:  English   101-102,   103-104,  or   105. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) .  A  course  designed  for  advanced 
students  who  wish  to  do  reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of 
the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  chairman  of  the  English  Department. 

491.  Senior  Seminar  (2).  The  seminar  culminates  in  the  Senior  English  Essay.  Topic 
and   professor  are  announced  each  spring. 


GEOLOGY 

Professor:  RICHARD   R.    PRIDDY,    Ph.D.,   Chairman 

Associate    Professor:  WENDELL   B.   JOHNSON,   M.S. 

Geology  at  Millsaps  is  designed  to  offer  the  usual  basic  courses.  They  are  supple- 
mented by  extensive  work  in  the  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  —  modern  sedimentation  in  Gulf 
Coastal  waters,  stratigraphy  of  Mississippi  and  adjacent  states,  and  Mississippi's  petroleum 
industry.  Offerings  are  designed  to  give  students  a  foundation  for  graduate  study  leading 
to  professional  work  in  industry  or  in  teaching. 

Any  student  may  enter  physical  geology.  Other  geology  courses  require  specific 
prerequisites.  Most  courses  require  laboratory  work,  some  of  which  is  field  work. 
Advanced   courses,   of   the  200-300  series,   are   offered   each   third  semester. 

62  GEOLOGY 


Requirements  for  Major:  To  major  in  Geology,  a  student  must  take  Geology  101- 
102,  200,  201,  211,  212,  221,  250  or  301  and  six  semester  hours  of  Field  Geology. 
The  field  geology  may  be  G361  and  G362  combined,  S371  at  another  college,  or  six 
hours  of  G480.  Majors  must  take  Mathematics  115-116,  Biology  121,  Chemistry  121- 
125  (and  laboratories  122-126),  and  Physics  1  01 -1  02  or  1  3 1 -1  32.  Additional  required 
courses   are  three  or   more   hours   each    in   Mathematics,   Chemistry,    and    Physics. 

SIOO.  Survey  of  the  Earth  Sciences  (6).  Basic  principles  of  earth  sciences;  geology, 
geochemistry,  geophysics,  oceanography,  and  space  science.  Lecture,  laboratory,  and 
field  trips.  Fifteen  lecture-laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Junior  or  senior 
standing   in  high  school  and  recommendation  by  high  school   principal. 

101.  Physical  Geology  (3).  The  earth,  the  rocks  which  comprise  its  surface,  erosionai 
and  depositional  processes,  volcanism,  deformation,  and  economic  deposits.  One  or 
two  field  trips.  Two   lecture  hours  and   two   hours   laboratory. 

Offered  each  fall  semester,  spring  semester,  and  first  term  summer  school. 

102.  Historical  Geology  (3).  The  successive  events  leading  to  the  present  configura- 
tion of  the  continental  masses,  accounting  for  the  kinds  and  distribution  of  surface 
rocks  and  minerals.  Several  trips  to  fossiliferous  areas  easily  accessible  to  Jackson. 
Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101,  or  to  be 
taken   concurrently  with    Geology    101. 

Offered  each  fall  semester,  spr.'ng  semester,  and  second  term  summer  school. 

200.  Crystallography  (3).  Unit  cell  dimensions  of  the  crystallographic  systems  illu- 
strated by  mineral  crystals,  laboratory-grown  crystals,  geometric  models,  x-ray  struc- 
ture, stereographic  projections,  and  goniometric  measurements.  Two  lecture  hours 
and  two  hours  laboratory.   Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  trigonometry. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1973-74. 

201.  Mineralogy  (3).  Geometrical,  physical  and  chemical  properties,  genesis,  and 
atomic  structures  of  minerals.  Use  is  made  of  a  spectroscope,  differential  thermal 
analysis,  density  balances,  blowpipe  methods,  and  x-ray  equipment.  A  valuable  elec- 
tive for  chemistry  majors.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisites: 
Geology  200  and  Chemistry  121-125,   122-126. 

Offered  fall  semester  1972-73. 

202.  Economic  Geology  (3).  The  chief  economic  rocks  and  minerals  of  the  United 
States  and  other  countries,  with  consideration  of  their  stratigraphy,  genesis,  value 
and  use.  Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102, 
200,  and  201.  Chemistry  372  will  be  helpful. 

Next  offered  spring  semester  1972-73. 

211.  Physiography  (Geomorphology)  (3).  A  more  detailed  treatment  of  land  forms 
than  provided  in  Geology  101.  The  physiographic  provinces  and  sections  of  the 
United  States  are  studied  systematically,  but  most  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  Coastal 
Plain.  An  interesting  elective  for  political  science  and  sociology  majors.  Two  lecture 
hours  and    two    hours    laboratory.    Prerequisite:    Geology    101-102. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1973-74. 

212.  Structural  Geology  (3).  Structural  features  of  the  rocks  comprising  the  earth's 
crust,  their  origin,  and  their  relations  to  economic  geology.  Two  lecture  hours  and 
two  hours  laboratory.  A  profitable  course  for  pre-Iaw  students  and  mathematics  majors. 
Prerequisite:   Geology    101-102  or  consent  of    instructor. 

Offered  fall  semester  1972-73. 

GEOLOGY  63 


221.  Invertebrate  Paleontology  (3).  Classification  and  morphology  of  fossil  inverte- 
brates with  reference  to  evolutionary  history  and  environment.  Field  trips  to  collect 
the  diagnostic  fossils  of  Mississippi.  An  interesting  elective  for  biology  and  anthro- 
pology majors.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  of  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology 
101-102  for  geology  majors.  Biology  101-102  or  Biology  121-122  for  biology  majors. 
Offered  fall  semester  1 972-73. 

250.      Principles  of  Stratigraphy    (3).      Rock  sequences  treated    in   greater   detail   than 
in    Historical    Geology.    Lithologic    and    paleontologic    facies    of    various    parts    of    the 
United  States.  Several  overnight  field  trips.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  labora- 
tory. Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102. 
Next  offered  spring  semester  1972-73. 

301.  Geology  of  Mississippi  (3).  The  stratigraphy,  structure,  and  physiography  of 
the  southeastern  United  States  and  especially  of  Mississippi.  One  two-day  field  trip 
and  several  short  ones  provide  field  information.  A  profitable  course  for  pre-law 
students.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102, 
211,  and  21  2  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1973-74. 

302.  Petroleum  Geology  (3).  Structure  and  stratigraphy  of  petroleum  reservoirs  as 
shown  by  surface  and  subsurface  mapping,  geophysics,  and  log  correlation.  A 
Mississippi  field  will  be  followed  through  its  various  stages  of  exploration  and 
development.  An  interesting  elective  for  pre-law  students.  Prerequisites:  Geology 
101-102,  211-212  and  Chemistry  121-125,  122-126  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  on  request. 

311.  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  (3).  A  petroiogic  study  of  the  megascopic 
and  microscopic  characteristics  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks  and  their  use  in 
rock  classification.  Practice  in  identification  through  the  use  of  hand  specimens  and 
thin  sections.  Prerequisite:  Geology  200  and  201  or  advanced  standing  for  Chemistry 
and  Physics  majors,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Next  offered  fall  semester  1973-74. 


312.      Optical   Mineralogy    (3).      An    introduction   to   the   petrographic   microscope,   es- 
pecially to  the  reflective,   refractive,  and  polarizing  properties  of   light  for  the   identi- 
fication   of    mineral    fragments    and    minerals    in    thin    section.    Prerequisite:    Geology 
200  and  201. 
Next  offered  spring  semester  1972-73. 

321.  Sedimentary  Petrology  (3).  Unconsolidated  and  consolidated  sedimentary  rocks 
as  determined  by  megascopic  and  microscopic  mineralogy,  x-ray,  spectrochemical  and 
differential  thermal  analyses,  mechanical  analyses,  genesis,  and  classification.  A 
stream  table  is  used  to  demonstrate  primary  alluvial  features  and  shoreline  features. 
Several  trips  in  the  Jackson-Vicksburg  area.  Prerequisite:  Geology  312  or  consent  of 
the  instructor. 
Offered  fall  semester  1972-73. 

G361.  Physical  Marine  Geology  (3).  Physical  processes  at  work  on  the  shores  and 
shallows  of  Mississippi  Sound.  Beaches  and  spits  will  be  surveyed  periodically  to 
determine  changes  in  shape,  height,  cross-section,  lateral  shift,  and  particle  distribu- 
tion and  to  observe  growth  and  destruction  of  bars,  cusps,  spits,  and  tidepools. 
Prerequisite:  Geology  101,  102,  201,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  at  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory,  second  term  of  summer  school. 

64  GEOLOGY 


G362.  Chemical  Marine  Geology  (3).  Supervised  research  on  the  chemistry  of  the 
waters  of  Mississippi  Sound  and  the  geochemistry  of  the  bottoms.  Studies  will  be 
made  of  the  lateral,  vertical,  and  tidal  changes  in  water  composition.  Analyses  of 
core  samples  taken  from  different  environments:  bayous,  mudflats,  bars,  oyster  reefs, 
bays,  tidal  channels,  and  sandy  shelves.  Prerequisites:  Geology  101,  102,  201, 
quantitative  analysis  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  at  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory,  second  term  of  summer  school,  following  G  361. 

S371.  Field  Geology  (6  to  8).  A  field  course  in  one  of  the  numerous  summer  camps 
offering  practical  training  in  the  standard  methods  of  geologic  field  work.  Three  to 
eight  hours  credit  depending  on  the  duration  of  the  camp.  Prerequisite:  To  be  deter- 
mined by  the  college  or  colleges  operating  the  course,  the  probable  equivalent  of 
Geology   101-102,  211-212,  and  Geology  200,  201    and   221. 

401-402.  Special  Problems  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Open  to  advanced  students  who  have 
individual  problems  in  the  field  or  in  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  each  semester  and  summer  session. 

G480.      Gulf  Coast  Summer  Research   in  Marine   Science    (12).      See   page  49. 

GEOGRAPHY 

SI 05.  Physical  Geography  (3).  The  human  habitat,  designed  for  general  education, 
providing  basic  knowledge  of  the  important  subdivisions  based  on  landforms,  climate, 
soils,  natural  vegetation  and  bodies  of  water.  Map  work  and  other  visual  aids  will  be 
used.  This  course  is  a  valuable  elective  for  elementary  education,  history,  political 
science,  and  sociology-psychology  majors. 
Next  offered  first  term  summer  school  1972  and  spring  semester  1972-73. 

S205.  Economic  Geography  (3).  Regional  geography  of  the  world  with  emphasis  on 
social  and  economic  problems.  Special  study  is  devoted  to  changing  trends  in  the 
distribution  of  population,  natural  resources,  and  production  facilities.  This  is  a 
desirable  elective  for  majors  in  economics,  history,  political  science,  and  education. 
Three  hours  lecture  each  week. 

GERMAN 

Associate   Professor:  JOHN    L.   GUEST,   A.M.,   Chairman 

Professor:  MAGNOLIA  COULLET,   A.M. 

Assistant   Professor:  JAMES   K.   VAN    HOUTEN,    B.A. 

The  German  department  courses  have  been  set  up  to  give  those  students  taking 
their  language  requirement  in  this  department  a  firm  basis  in  grammar  and  an  intro- 
duction to  the  literature  of  this  language.  For  majors  in  the  department,  courses  have 
been  designed  to  give  the  student  a  broad  and  basic  conception  of  the  great  literature 
and  history  of  Germany.  Students  are  required  to  attend  scheduled  exercises  in  the 
language  laboratory. 

Credit  is  not  given  for  one  semester  of  the  elementary  course  unless  the  other 
semester  is  completed.  Students  who  have  credit  for  two  or  more  units  of  a  modern 
foreign  language  in  high  school  may  not  receive  credit  for  the  101-102  course  in 
the  same  language.  Those  who  have  such  credit  will  be  given  a  standard  placement 
test  as  part  of  the  orientation  program  and  on  the  basis  of  this  test  will  be  advised 
as  to  whether  they  are  prepared  to  continue  the  language  at  the  college  level  or 
lA^hether  they  should  take  the  101-102  course  on  a  non-credit  basis.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  take  advanced  placement  tests. 

GERMAN  65 


Requirements  for  Major:      To  major  in  German,  a  student  must  take  German  341- 
342  and  any  other  twenty-four  hours  in  the  department. 

101-102.  Beginning  German  (3-3).  This  course  is  designed  to  give  beginners  the 
fundamentals  of  grammar  and  a  basic  knowledge  of  the  language. 

201-202.  Intermediate  German  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar.  The  student  is  introduced 
to  some  important  writers  of  German  literature.  Prerequisite:  German  101-102  or 
the  equivalent. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Composition  (3-3).  Exercises  and  practice  in  writing 
and  speaking  the  German   language.    Prerequisite:   Permission   of  the    instructor. 

341-342.      Survey-History  of  German   Literature    (3-3).      Survey  of  German   literature 
up  to  Goethe,   discussing  authors,   works,   with  oral   and  written   reports   by  students. 
Laboratory   sessions   will    be   devoted    to   the    art,    music,    and    history   of    the    period. 
Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 
Offered  in  1 972-73. 

351-352.  Goethe,  Schiller  (3-3).  The  major  poems  and  dramas  and  selected  prose 
works  of  Goethe,  together  with  the  major  drama'^^  of  Schiller,  will  be  read  and 
analyzed.  Laboratory  sessions  will  be  devoted  to  the  art,  music,  and  history  of  the 
period.  I 

Not  offered  in  1972-73. 

361-362.      Nineteenth    Century   German    Literature    (3-3).      Readings   from   the   major 
figures  of  Romanticism  and  Realism,  including  Kleist,  Hoelderlin,  Grillparzer,  Hebbel, 
Heine,   Meyer,    Storm,    Keller,   and    Fontane.    Laboratory   sessions   will    be   devoted    to 
the  art,  music,  and  history  of  the  period. 
Not  offered  in  1972-73. 

371-372.      Modern   German   Literature    (3-3).      Readings   in   the   major  writers   of  the 
period,    including    Hauptmann,    George,    Rilke,    Hofmannsthal,    Mann,    Hesse,    Kafka, 
and  Brecht.  Laboratory  sessions  will  be  devoted  to  the  art,  music,  and  history  of  the 
period. 
Offered  in  1972-73. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Special  programs  of  reading  and  re- 
search supervised  by  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.      Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

491 .      Seminar  ( 1 ) .      Discussions  of  topics  of  interest. 


HISTORY 

Professors:  FRANK  MILLER   LANEY,   JR.,   Ph.D.,   Chairman 

ROSS   HENDERSON   MOORE,   Ph.D. 

Associate   Professors:  WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS,   Ph.D. 

J.   HARVEY  SAUNDERS,   Ph.D. 

History  courses  have  been  so  planned  that  the  student  may  follow  the  causal 
relationship  in  human  development.  Upon  a  thorough  factual  foundation,  emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  progressive  organization  of  social,  intellectual,  and  moral  ideas  of  peoples 
and  nations.  In  the  approach  to  an  understanding  of  historical  phenomena,  literature, 
religion,  racial  factors,  economic  conditions,  and  social  institutions,  as  well  as  forms 
of  government,  will  be  considered. 

66  HISTORY 


Requirements  for  Major:  To  be  accepted  as  a  History  major,  a  student  must 
Save  a  2.50  average  in  History  and  maintain  this  grade  for  his  full  course.  History 
101-102  or  Heritage  101-102,  History  201-202,  and  History  401  must  be  included 
in  the  24  semester  hours  of  History  required  for  a  major  in  History.  A  preliminary 
.est  must  be  passed  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the  comprehensive  examination. 
Students   who  expect  to   take   graduate   work  should   take    French    and   German. 

I 

101.  Western    Civilization    to    1815     (3).      A    general    survey    of    Western    political, 

economic,    and   social    institutions   to   the   nineteenth   century.    Staff. 

102.  Western  Civilization  since  1815  (3).  A  study  of  European  expansion  and 
world  influence  from  the  time  of  Napoleon  to  the  present.  Staff. 

201.  History  of  the  United  States  to  1865  (3).  A  general  course  in  American  history, 
covering  the  European  background  of  colonial  life,  the  Revolution,  the  Constitution, 
and  the  development  of  the  nation  through  the  Civil  War.   Dr.   Moore. 

202.  History  of  the  United  States  from  1865  (3).  The  history  of  the  United  States 
from  1  865  to  the  present.  Dr.  Moore. 

203.  Black  History.  (3).  A  general  survey  of  the  black  experience  in  America  from 
pre-colonial  times  to  the  present.  Topics  will  include  the  African  heritage,  the  insti- 
tution of  slavery,  Reconstruction,  disfranchisement,  and  the  struggle  for  equality. 
Dr.   Sal  I  is. 

305.  The  Old  South  (3).  Development  of  the  southern  region  of  the  United  States 
from  the  time  of  discovery  to  the  close  of  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  social  and  economic  structure  of  the  Southern  society  during  the  late  ante- 
bellum period  and  on  the  sectional  controversy  that  culminated  in  secession  and 
Civil  War.    Dr.   Sallis.    Prerequisite:   Junior  standing   or  consent  of   instructor. 

306.  The  New  South  (3).  The  effects  of  the  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  on  the 
social,  economic,  and  political  structure  of  the  South,  and  the  development  of  the 
New  South.   Dr.  Sallis.   Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

308.  Mississippi  and  Its  Relation  to  the  South  (3).  A  consideration  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  political,  social,  and  economic  institutions  that  form  the  basis  of  society 
in  Mississippi,  emphasizing  the  (X>st  Civil  War  period.  Students  may  enroll  for  306 
or  308,  but  not  both.  Dr.  Sallis.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

309.  The  American  Revolution  and  the  Establishment  of  the  Federal  Union,  1754- 
1800  (3).  A  study  of  the  men,  forces,  and  events  in  the  American  movement  for 
independence  and  unity,  concluding  with  an  account  of  the  launching  of  the  ship 
of  state  with  the  Federalists  at  the  helm.  Dr.  Sallis.  Prerequisite:  History  201  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

310.  The  Age  of  Jefferson  and  Jackson,  1800-1849  (3).  A  continuation  of  History 
309,  this  course  will  emphasize  the  rapid  expansion  of  the  early  republic  and  the 
effects  of  this  growth  on  the  society  of  the  nation  and  its  sections.  Dr.  Sallis.  Pre- 
requisite. History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

311.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  topical  study  of  the  history  of  the 
United  States  1900-1933,  with  emphasis  on  political,  economic,  and  social  problems. 
Dr.  Moore.   Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

I  HISTORY  67 


312.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  continuation  of  History  311  from 
1933  to  the  present.  Special  reports  will  be  required.  Dr.  Moore.  Prerequisite:  History 
202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

313-314.  Social  and  Intellectual  History  of  the  United  States  (3-3).  The  significant 
political,  social,  economic,  and  philosophical  ideas  of  the  American  people.  Basic 
institutions  will  be  examined,  along  with  influences  acting  upon  the  intellectual 
and  cultural  developments  in  the  United  States.  First  semester:  From  Colonial  times 
to  the  Civil  War.  Second  Semester:  From  the  Civil  War  to  the  present. 

5321.  Problems  in  Modern  History  (3).  The  nature  and  impact  of  such  present-day 
problems  in  international  relations  as  Nationalism,  Imperialism,  Militarism,  and  Propa- 
ganda.  Dr.  Moore.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  Heritage    101-102. 

5322.  Problems  in  Modern  History  (3).  A  broad  view  of  the  history  of  Europe  since 
1914.   Dr.  Moore.   Prerequisite:   History   101-102  or  Heritage    101-102. 

323-324.  Nineteenth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  A  general  survey,  with  primary  empha- 
sis upon  the  development  of  the  major  European  states  and  on  international  relations. 
Some  attention  will  be  given  to  general  economic,  social,  and  cultural  trends.  First_ 
semester  covers  the  period  1815-1870;  second  semester  covers  the  period  1870-^ 
1914.   Prerequisite:   History   101-102  or  equivalent.   Dr.   Laney. 

325-326.  Twentieth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  A  general  survey  form  1914  to  the' 
present.  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  1914-1939.  The  second  semester 
will  deal  with  World  War  II  and  the  post-war  era.  Dr.  Laney.  Prerequisite:  History 
1  01  -1  02  or  equivalent. 

327-328.  History  of  England  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  Roman  times  to  the 
present.  Political,  social,  and  economic  developments  will  be  considered.  The  first 
semester  will  cover  the  period  down  to  the  Stuart  Era,  1603.  The  second  semester 
will  continue  the  study  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  some  attention  to  the 
development  of  the  British  Empire.   Dr.  Laney.  Prerequisite:  History   101-102. 

329-330.  History  of  Russia  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  the  beginning  of  Russia 
to  the  present.  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  to  1855.  The  second  semester 
will  continue  the  study  down  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  special  attention 
to  the  late  19th  and  early  20th  century  revolutionary  movements  and  to  the  Soviet 
regime.    Dr.   Laney.    Prerequisite:    History    101-102  or  equivalent. 

334.  Current  Problems  (3).  Class  discussion  of  current  problems  of  national  and 
international  importance.  Open  to  students  who  have  6  sem.  hrs.  credit  in  history. 
Dr.    Moore. 

371.  Latin  America,  1492-1825  (3).  Political,  social,  and  economic  survey  of  the 
Iberian  Empires  with  special  emphasis  on  Spanish  and  Portuguese  institutions  in  the 
New  World  and  the  Wars  of   Independence.   Dr.  Saunders. 

372.  Latin  America,  1 825-Present  (3).  The  foundation  of  the  Latin  American  Re- 
publics, the  rise  of  dictators.  Special  emphasis  on  Mexico,  Brazil,  Argentina  and 
Chile.  Dr.  Saunders. 

401.  Special  Problems  in  History  (3).  A  study  of  how  history  is  written  and  inter- 
preted and  of  problems  in  American  civilization.  May  be  taken  by  students  who 
have  6  sem.   hrs.   in  History  and  is  required  of  all   History  majors.   Dr.   Moore. 

68  HISTORY 


MATHEMATICS 


The   Benjamin    Ernest  Mitchell   Chair  of  Mathematics 

Professor:  SAMUEL   ROSCOE    KNOX,   Ph.D.,   Chairman 

Associate   Professor:  ARNOLD  A.    RITCHIE,   M.S. 

Assistant   Professors:  HERMAN    L.    McKENZIE,   M.S. 

ROBERT  A.   SHIVE,  JR.,   Ph.D. 

The  Mathematics  courses  at  Millsaps  are  intended  ( 1  )  to  offer  an  experience 
in  a  sufficient  variety  of  basic  and  liberal  subjects  to  constitute  the  foundation  of  that 
general  education  which  is  regarded  as  essential  to  balanced  development  and  intelligent 
citizenship;  (2)  to  meet  the  needs  of  four  types  of  students — (a)  those  who  will 
proceed  to  the  usual  academic  degrees  at  the  end  of  four  years;  (b)  those  who  will 
enter  graduate  or  professional  schools  after  three  or  four  years;  (c)  those  who  are 
preparing  for  teaching,  scientific  investigation,  or  both;  and  (d)  those  who  will  take 
less  than  a  complete  academic  program. 

An  effort  is  made  to  show  the  student  that  there  is  an  intangible  worth  to  mathe- 
matics; that  there  is  such  a  thing  as  mathematics  as  an  art,  mathematics  for  its  own 
sake,   mathematics  for  the  sheer  joy  of  comparing,   analyzing,   and   imagining. 

Requirements  for  Major:  In  addition  to  at  least  six  hours  of  calculus  and  the 
Senior  Seminar,  a  major  is  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  six  three-hour  courses  in  the 
300-series.  Work  in  the  major  field  not  taken  in  residence  must  be  approved  by  the 
department. 

103-104.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  (3-3).  Designed  primarily  for  freshman  non- 
science  majors.  The  basic  principles  of  mathematics  are  studied  as  they  apply  to  a 
number  of  areas,  including  the  following:  sets,  algebra,  geometry,  logic,  probability, 
and  analysis.  Mr.   Ritchie,  Mr.   McKenzie,   Dr.   Shive. 

105.  Mathematics  for  Teachers  I  (3).  A  course  in  the  structure  of  the  real  number 
system  and  of  its  subsystems.  Designed  for  the  prospective  elementary  school  teacher. 

106.  Mathematics  for  Teachers  11  (3).  A  course  in  informal  geometry  and  the  basic 
concepts  of  algebra.  Also  designed  for  the  prospective  elementry  school  teacher. 

115-116.  Pre-calculus  Mathematics  (4-4).  A  two-semester  course  for  freshmen 
designed  to  provide  the  necessary  mathematical  background  for  the  study  of  calculus. 
Dr.   Knox,   Dr.   Shive,   Mr.   McKenzie. 

172.  Elementary  Statistics  (3).  A  pre-calculus  course  designed  primarily  for  social 
science  majors.  The  description  of  sample  data,  elementary  probability,  testing  hypo- 
theses, correlation,  regression,  the  chi-square  distribution,  analysis  of  variance.  Dr. 
Knox.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  1  03  or  115. 

211.  Analytic  Geometry  (4).  A  combined  course  in  plane  and  solid  analytic  geometry. 
Coordinate  systems  in  the  plane  and  in  space.  Curves  in  two  and  three  dimensions. 
Transformations    of    coordinates.    Prerequisite:    Consent    of    instructor. 

S213.  Plane  Analytic  Geometry  (3),  Coordinate  systems.  The  straight  line,  circle, 
ellipse,  parabola,  hyperbola.  Transformations.  The  general  equation  of  the  second  de- 
gree. Loci  and  higher  plane  curves.  Mr.  McKenzie.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the 
instructor. 

S215-S216.  Calculus  Is-ils  (4-4).  An  abbreviated  version  of  Mathematics  225- 
226  designed  for  summer  school.    Dr.   Knox.   Prerequisite:  Mathematics    116. 

MATHEMATICS  69 


S217-S218.  Calculus  !s-lls  (3-3).  Same  as  Mathematics  S215-S216  but  less  credit. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

223-224.  Calculus  l-ll  (3-3),  Basically  the  same  as  Mathematics  225-226  but  with 
less  emphasis  on  theory.   Prerequisite:  Mathematics   116. 

225-226.  Calculus  l-ll  (5-5).  The  theory  and  application  of  limits  and  continuity, 
differentiation  and  integration  of  the  elementary  functions  of  one  variable,  series, 
introductory  multivariate  calculus.   Prerequisite:  Mathematics   116. 

325-326.  Calculus  lll-IV  (3-3).  Topological  concepts  and  a  rigorous  treatment  of 
continuity,  integration,  differentiation,  and  convergence  in  n-dimensional  Euclidean 
space.  Dr.  Shive.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

335.  Probability  (3).  The  concept  of  sample  space.  Discrete  and  continuous  prob- 
ability distributions.  Independence  and  conditional  probability.  Characteristics  of 
distributions.   Dr.   Knox.   Prerequisite:  Calculus   II. 

345.  Abstract  Algebra  (3).  Congruences,  groups,  rings,  ideals,  isomorphisms,  and 
homomorphisms,  fields,  equivalence.  Mr.   Ritchie.  Prerequisite:  Calculus   II. 

346.  Linear  Algebra  (3).  Vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations.  Algebra  of 
matrices.  Systems  of  linear  equations.  Eigenvalues  and  eigenvectors.  Mr.  Ritchie. 
Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

351.  Differential  Equations  (3).  A  first  course  in  differential  equations  of  the  first 
and  second  orders,  with  applications  to  geometry,  physics,  and  mechanics.  Dr.  Knox. 
Prerequisite:   Calculus    II. 

352.  Electronic  Analog  Computer  (1  ).  Linear  components,  time-scale  and  amplitude- 
scale  factors,  non-linear  components,  and  function-generating  techniques.  One  lecture 
period  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Dr.  Knox.  Prerequiiste:  Mathematics  351. 

361.  College  Geometry  (3).  A  study  of  advanced  topics  in  Euclidean  geometry,  and 
an    introduction   to    non-Euclidean   geometries.    Mr.    Ritchie.    Prerequisite:    Calculus    I. 

371.  Introductory  Topology  (3).  Topological  spaces,  metric  spaces,  Hausdorff  spaces, 
compactness,   continuous  mappings.    Dr.   Shive.    Prerequisite:   Calculus    II. 

391-392.  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics  (3-3).  Chosen  from  areas  such  as  applied 
mathematics,  number  theory,  complex  variables,  foundations  of  mathematics,  numerical 
analysis,  and  history  of  mathematics.  Prerequisite:   Consent  of  department  chairman. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) .  For  students  who  wish  to  do  reading 
and  research  in  advanced  mathematics.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  department  chairman. 

491-492.  Seminar  (1-1).  Discussions  of  topics  of  interest  in  the  field  of  mathe- 
matics. 

MUSIC 

Professors:  C.    LELAND   BYLER,   M.M.,   Chairman 

JONATHAN   SWEAT,   Ph.D. 

Associate    Professors:  THOMAS   MICHAEL   HOLT,   M.M. 

DONALD   D.    KILMER,   M.M. 

Assistant   Professors:  McCARRELL   L.    AYERS,   M.M. 

FRANCIS   E.   POLANSKI,   M.M. 

Instructor:  LOUISE   ESCUE   BYLER,   M.M.Ed. 

Requiremeht   for   Major:      Students    majoring    in    music    may   apply   for   either   the 
Bachelor  of  Music  or  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

70  MUSIC 


Bachelor  of  Music:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  major  in  Piano,  Voice, 
or  Organ  may  be  earned  upon  completion  of  the  program  of  studies  outlined  on  page 
38.  The  minimum  number  of  credit  hours  required  for  this  degree  is  132  semester  hours. 
Bachelor  of  Music  candidates  are  required  to  give  a  full  recital  in  each  of  their  final 
two  years  of  study.   A  comprehensive   examination   is   required   during   the  senior   year. 

Bachelor  of  Arts.  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  may  be  earned  with  a  major  in 
Piano,  Organ,  Voice,  or  Music  Education.  Specific  departmental  requirements  are  sixteen 
hours  of  applied  music  in  the  major  field,  and  twenty-five  hours  of  theory.  Juniors 
and  seniors  must  give  two  partial  recitals  or  a  full  senior  recital.*  A  comprehensive 
examination  is  required  during  the  senior  year.  Students  desiring  teacher  certification 
should  consider  state  requirements.  All  music  majors  shall  be  required  to  attend  all 
student  and  faculty  recitals,  and  weekly  studio  classes. 

PIANO   REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  piano,  the  student  must  have  an  ade- 
quate musical  and  technical  background  in  the  instrument.  He  should  know  and  be  able 
to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales.  He  should  have  had  some  learning  experience  in  all 
aeriods  of  the  standard  student  repertory,  such  as  the  Bach  two-part  inventions,  the 
Mozart  and  Haydn  sonatas,  the  Mendelssohn  Songs  Without  Words,  and  the  Bartok 
K^ikrokomos. 

For  all  students  whose  principal  performing  instrument  is  not  piano  or  organ, 
3  piano  proficiency  examination  will  be  required  prior  to  graduation.  At  this  examination 
(•he  student  must  perform  acceptably,  from  memory,  the  following  material  (or  its 
Equivalent  in  styles  and  difficulty)  :  the  major  and  minor  scales  and  arpeggios,  a  Bach 
two-part  invention,  a  movement  from  a  classical  sonatina,  a  romantic  and  a  contemporory 
work  of  moderate  difficulty.  Also  at  this  examination,  the  student's  ability  at  sight- 
reading  will  be  tested.  Until  the  student  passes  the  piano  proficiency  examination,  he 
will   be   required   to  study  piano  each  semester. 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  will  be  required  to  fulfill  repertory 
and  technical   requirements  as  specified   by  the  department. 

*The    Senior    Recital    must    be    given    only    while    the    student    is    registered    for    Senior 
level   applied   music. 

ORGAN   REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  organ,  the  student  must  have  completed 
sufficient  piano  study  to  enable  him  to  play  the  Bach  two-part  and  three-part  inventions, 
Mozart  and  Beethoven  sonatas,  and  compositions  by  Chopin,  Schumann,  Mendelssohn, 
and  Bartok.  The  student  should  also  know  and  be  able  to  play  all  major  and  minor 
scales    and    arpeggios. 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  will  be  required  also  to  have  one 
year  of  voice  study,  one  semester  of  conducting,  directed  study  in  organ  literature, 
and  the  techniques  of  playing  for  religious  services,  including  console  conducting. 

VOICE   REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  voice,  the  student  must  possess  above 
average  talent  and  evidence  ability  to  sing  with  correct  pitch,  phrasing,  and  musical 
intelligence.  He  should  possess  some  knowledge  of  the  rudiments  of  music  and  be 
able  to  sing  a  simple  song  at  sight.  He  should  have  had  some  experience  in  singing 
works  from  the  standard  repertory. 

MUSIC  71 


Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  will  be  required  to  have  a  basic< 
piano  proficiency,  to  take  a  conducting  course,  to  take  eighteen  hours  of  foreignr 
languages  to  be  chosen  from  at  least  two  of  the  following:  French,  German,  or   ltalian.( 

MUSIC   EDUCATION 

Students  electing  the  Music  Education  major  will  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree! 
not  the   Bachelor  of  Music.  Courses  required  for  this  major  will   be  found  on   page  41. j 

Music   Theory 

102-102.  Basic  Theory  (4-4).  Includes  the  elements  of  music,  scales,  intervals,  and! 
chords.  Harmonic  part-writing,  sight-singing  and  dictation,  and  keyboard  harmony. 
Three  lecture  hours  and  two   lalx)ratory  hours  per  week.  ] 

201-202.  Intermediate  Theory  (4-4).  Harmonization  of  chorales,  modulation,  altered; 
chords,  advanced  sight-singing,  harmonic  dictation,  and  keyboard  harmony.  Threel 
lecture    hours   and    two    laboratory    hours    per   week.    Prerequisite    101-102. 

303-304.  Advanced  Theory  (4-4).  A  composite  course  combining  counterpoint,  formi 
and  analysis,  composition,  and  orchestration.  First  semester  includes:  18th  century 
counterpoint;  "form  in  the  music"  and  "form  of  the  music";  composition  for  the, 
keyboard;  and  the  study  of  orchestral  instruments.  The  second  semester  concerns! 
itself  with  the  larger  forms  of  the  19th  century.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  labora-] 
tory  hours  per  week.    Prerequisite:    Intermediate   Theory,   201-202.  i 

Music   Literature  | 

215.  Music  Appreciation  (3).  (For  non-majors).  The  literature  of  music  as  an' 
important  aspect  of  Western  culture.  The  underlying  principles  of  form  employed! 
in  the  composition  of  music  are  emphasized  in  order  to  provide  the  listener  with  the 
means  by  which  he  can  better  evaluate  and  appreciate  the  music  he  hears. 

251-252.  Music  Literature  (2-2).  An  introduction  to  music  history  and  music ' 
literature  with  special  emphasis  on  aural  comprehension  of  form,  style,  period,  and' 
composer.   Open   to   non-music   majors  with   consent   of    instructor. 

381-382.  Music  History  (3-3).  A  comprehensive  study  of  music  from  antiquity^ 
to  1750,  first  semester,  and  from   1750  to  the  present,  second  semester. 

401.  Directed  Study  in  Music  Literature  (2).  Advanced  surveys  of  a  concentrated 
area  of  music  literature.  The  area  studied  depends  upon  the  applied  music  emphasisj 
of   the   student.  ] 

J 

Church    Music  \ 

315.  Music  in  Religion  (3).  A  survey  of  development  of  sacred  music  from  antiquity 
to  the  present.  Organization  and  administration  of  the  Church  music  program  is 
included.   Open  to   non-music   majors  on  consent  of  the   instructor. 

361.  Service  Playing  and  Repertory  (2).  A  survey  of  the  aspects  encountered  by  I 
the  organist  in  playing  services  in  various  churches,  including  the  study  of  hymns,  j 
liturgies  and  chants,  and  suitable  organ  music  for  the  Church  Year.  Open  to  ad- 1 
vanced  organ  students. 

362.  Console  Conducting  (2).  Choral  techniques  applied  to  directing  from  the  con- I 
sole.  Includes  detailed  study  of  anthems,  accompanying,  and  directing  the  choir  or  { 
choirs.    Open    to   advanced    organ   students.  I 

72  MUSIC  i 


Music    Education 

323.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Teaching  of  music  for  classroom  teachers. 
The  basic  elements  of  theory  are  included.  Same  as  Education   323. 

333.  Music.  Grades  1-6  (3).  Administration  and  teaching  of  music  at  the  elemen- 
tary school  level.  This  course  makes  a  comparative  survey  of  current  teaching  materials 
in  the  field  of  elementary  music.    Prerequisite:  Music    101-102. 

335.  Music  in  the  Secondary  School  (3).  Administration  and  teaching  of  music  at 
the  secondary  school  level.  A  comparative  survey  and  study  of  materials  and  texts. 
May  be  taken   in   lieu  of   Education  362.   Prerequisite:   Music    101-102. 

341.  Choral  Conducting  (3).  Conducting,  scorereading,  rehearsal  techniques,  diction 
for  singers.   Laboratory  conducting  of  ensembles. 

342.  Instrumental  Ensemble  (2).  A  study  of  basic  fundamentals  of  string,  woodwind, 
and   brass   instruments,    including   training    methods   and   materials. 

401.  Directed  Study  in  Music  Education  (2).  Advanced  course  designed  to  correlate 
work  previously  studied  in  music  and  to  prepare  the  student  for  graduate  study. 
Research  and  projects  provide  practical  experience  according  to  the  student's  major 
field   of    interest. 

440.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School.  Same  as 
Education   430   or  440.    Prerequisite:    Music    333. 

452.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School.  Same  as  Edu- 
cation 452.  Prerequisite:  Music  335. 

Applied   Music 

Courses    are    designated    by    the    first    letter    of    the    instrument,    followed    by    the 
proper  number  from  the  following  table: 

Freshman  111-112;  121-122;  Sophomore  211-212,  221-222;  Junior  311-312,  321- 
322;  Senior  411-412,  421-422.  One  or  two  lessons  per  week.  One  or  two  hours 
credit  each  semester. 

181  (1).  Class  instruction  in  Voice  or  Piano  to  a  minimum  of  four  students  who  meet 
for  two  lessons  per  week. 

331-332  (3-3).  Two  lessons  per  week  and  special  instruction  culminating  in  a  Junior 
recital. 

441-442  (4-4).  Two  lessons  per  week  and  special  instruction  culminating  in  a  Senior 
recital. 


PHILOSOPHY 

The   J.    Reese    Linn   Chair  of   Philosophy 

Professor:  ROBERT   E.    BERGMARK,    Ph.D.,   Chairman 

Associate    Professor:  MICHAEL   H.   MITIAS,   Ph.D. 

The    courses    in    philosophy    are    designed    to    help    the    student    develop    a    critical 
attitude  toward  life  and  an  appreciative  understanding  of  life. 

Requirements   for   Major:      A    minimum    of    24    semester    hours,    including    courses 
202,  301,  302,  311,  and  492. 

PHILOSOPHY  73 


201.  Problems  of  Philosophy  (3).  A  basic  introduction  to  the  main  problems,  such 
as  knowledge,  man,  nature,  art,  the  good,  God. 

202.  Logic  (3).  Language,  fallacies,  deduction  (syllogistic  and  symbolic),  and  in- 
duction  (scientific  methods) . 

301-302.  History  of  Philosophy.  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is  a  survey  of  western 
philosophy  through  the  Medieval  period;  the  second  semester  from  the  Renaissance 
to  the  present. 

311.  Ethics  (3).  A  study  of  principles  used  in  the  choosing  of  personal  and  social 
values. 

i 
315.      Existentialism     (3).      Historical    and    comparative    treatment    of    works    of    such  I 

thinkers  as   Kierkegaard,  Jaspers,   Heidegger,   Sartre,   Marcel.  [ 

321.  Esthetics  (3).  Includes  consideration  of  the  creative  impulse,  of  the  art  object, 
and  standards  of  esthetic  appreciation. 

331.      Philosophy   of    Religion    (3).      A   study   of   the    basic    ideas    and    issues    involved 

in  the  development  of  a  religious  interpretation  of  life. 
351.      Oriental  Philosophy   (3).      A  study  of  the  philosophies  of  the  East. 

361.  Philosophy  of  Science  (3).  A  study  of  the  origin  and  adequacy  of  the  funda- 
mental concepts  of  science,  and  the  relation  of  philosophy  and  science.  Prerequisite: 
Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

371.  Contemporary  Philosophy  (3).  A  study  of  the  dominant  schools  and  trends 
in  recent  philosophy,  such  as  idealism,  realism,  pragmatism,  logical  empiricism,  and 
existentialism.   Prerequisite:    Philosophy  201,   or  consent  of   the   instructor. 

381.  Metaphysics  (3),  A  study  of  the  basic  categories  of  experience  and  reality. 
Prerequisite:   Philosophy   201,   or  consent  of   the    instructor. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  Courses  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent 
of  the  instructor. 

492.  Senior  Seminar  (3).  Intensive  reading  in  a  broad  spectrum  of  issues,  schools/ 
and  thinkers,  designed  to  round  out  the  student's  preparation  in  the  field.  For  senior 
majors. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  AND  ATHLETICS 

Professor:  JAMES   A.    MONTGOMERY,    Ph.D.,   Chairman 

Associate    Professor:  J.    HARPER   DAVIS,   M.Ed. 

Assistant   Professor:  MARY   ANN    EDGE,   M.S. 

Instructors:  HOWARD   L.   CORDER,   M.Ed. 

THOMAS   L.    RANAGER,   B.S. 

The  Department  of  Physical  Education  and  Athletics  operates  on  three  levels  to 
promote  a  well-rounded  education  for  Millsaps  College  students.  In  academic  and 
activity  courses  the  student  is  provided  with  a  background  of  carry-over  activities  that 
are  applicable  to  teaching  or  personal  use,  both  while  in  college  and  after  graduation. 
The  intramural  programs  attempt  to  promote  leisure  education,  enrich  social  competence, 
develop  group  loyalties,  and  provide   healthful   exercise.  The   program  of   intercollegiate 

74  PHYSICAL   EDUCATION   AND   ATHLETICS 


thletics  provides  the  more  skillful  students  an  opportunity  to  compete  against  students 
tf  other  colleges  in  supervised  athletic  contests. 

Two  hours  of  physical  education  are  required  for  graduation.  These  hours  should 
»e  earned   in  Physical  Education    101-102,    103-104  courses. 

ACTIVITY  COURSES 

Most  activity  courses  are  co-educational.  Students  are  required  to  furnish  their 
pwn  gym  clothing.  The  department  will  furnish  locker  and  towel  service  and  all  materials 
needed  for  the  courses. 

IC101-X102,  X103-X104.  Basic  Recreational  Skills  (1-1;  1-1).  To  introduce  the 
student  to  the  most  common  recreational  sports  and  to  develop  a  measure  of  skill 
in  playing  them.  Three  hours  each  week  for  the  entire  year. 

X105-X106.  Archery    (1-1)  X115-X116.  Fencing     (1-1) 

X107-X108.  Weight  Training   for   Men    (1-1)  X117-X118.  Jogging    (1-1) 

X109-X110.  Body  Tone   for  Women    (1-1)  X201-X202.  Golf    (1-1) 

X111-X112.  Karate    (1-1)  X2I1-X212.  Bowling    (l-I) 

X113-X114.  Water  Safety    (1-1)  X221-X222.  Tennis    (1-1) 

ACADEMIC   COURSES 

305.  Physical  Education  For  the  Elementary  Grades  (3).  Primarily  for  those  preparing 
for  the  teaching  profession.  The  characteristics  of  the  elementary  school  child,  activi- 
ties suited  to  the  physical  and  mental  levels  represented,  facilities,  and  equipment 
are  considered. 

308.  Institutional  and  Community  Recreation  (3).  Techniques  and  theories  of 
directing  church  and  other  institutional  and  community  recreation  programs,  with 
special   emphasis  on   designing    programs   for  all   age  groups. 

311-312.  Theory  of  High  School  Coaching  (3-3).  To  prepare  coaches  of  high  school 
football  and  basketball  to  coach  and  operate  full  scale  programs   in  these  sports. 

321-322.  Athletic  Officiating  (3-3).  For  students  who  are  interested  in  becoming 
football  or  basketball  officials.  This  course  includes  a  complete  study  of  the  rules, 
interpretations,   administration,   ethics,   and   the   mechanics  of  athletic   officiating. 

332.  Hygiene  (3),  Personal  health  and  care  of  the  body;  food,  sanitation,  diseases 
and  contagion,  vitamins,  and  hormones. 

PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 

Associate    Professor:  CHARLES    BETTS   GALLOWAY,   A.M.,   Chairman 

Visiting   Assistant   Professor:  PETER   CAMPBELL   ROWE,    Ph.D. 

Courses  offered  in  the  department  are  designed  to:  (1)  provide  a  solid  founda- 
tion in  all  areas  of  Physics  for  the  student  who  intends  to  study  at  the  graduate 
level;  (2)  provide  a  firm  physical  interpretation  of  natural  phenomena  for  the  student 
who  intends  to  enter  the  field  of  medicine;  (3)  to  provide  a  thorough  explanation 
of  basic  physical  principles  and  the  opportunity  to  specialize  in  a  chosen  area  for 
the  student  who  intends  to  terminate  his  study  upon  graduation;  (4)  provide  an 
introduction  to  both  the  theoretical  and  the  experimental  aspects  of  Physics  for  all 
interested  students. 

PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY  75 


A  major  may  be  taken  either  in  Physics  or  in  Physics  and  Astronomy.  It  i 
advisable  to  consult  with  the  instructor  before  enrolling  for  any  advanced  course' 
All  pre-medical  students  should  take  Physics  101-102  and  Physics  151-152.  Othe 
students   planning    graduate   work    in    the   sciences   should   enroll    for    Physics    131-132 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  Physics  and  Astronomy  are  re 
quired  to  take  a  minimum  of  30  hours  in  Physics  (or  Physics  and  Astronomy),  fifteet 
hours  of  Mathematics,  and  fifteen  hours  of  Chemistry.  For  departmental  recommenda^ 
tion  to  graduate  school  the  required  30  hours  in  Physics  must  include  Physics  331,  316 
and  491-492.  A  student  contemplating  Physics  as  a  major  is  advised  to  consult  witf 
members  of  the  department  as  early  in   his  academic  career  as  possible. 

PHYSICS 

101.  General  Physics  (3).  Mechanics,  heat,  and  sound.  Two  lecture  periods  anc 
one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Mr.  Galloway.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Mathe- 
matics 115-116. 

102.  General  Physics  (3).  Magnetism,  electricity,  and  light.  Two  lecture  periods  anc 
one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Mr.  Galloway.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Mathematics 
115-116. 

131-132.  General  Physics  (4-4).  A  critical  examination  of  the  basic  principles  o\ 
mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  and  light.  An  introduction  to  moderr 
Physics  will  be  included.  Three  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week, 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics    115-116.  Corequisite:   Mathematics  223   or  225. 

151-152.  General  Physics  Laboratory  (1-1).  A  course  designed  to  accompany  either 
Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132  to  provide  additional  work  to  meet  the  needs 
of  those  students  who  expect  to  enter  graduate  or  professional  schools.  Ail  pre-medical 
students  should  enroll  for  this  course.  One  laboratory  period  per  week.  Corequisite: 
Physics    101-102  or  Physics    131-132. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Physics  (3-3).  A  problems  course  dealing  with  the  properties 
of  matter,  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  magnetism,  electricity,  and  light.  Two  lecture 
periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Physics  101-102  or  Physics 

131-132. 

301.  Atomic  Physics  (3).  An  analytical  consideration  of  the  extra-nuclear  properties 
of  the  atom,  including  an  introduction  to  atomic  spectroscopy.  Offered  first  semester. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  223 
or  225. 

306.  Nuclear  Physics  (4).  An  analytical  consideration  of  the  intra-nuclear  properties 
of  the  atom,  including  an  introduction  to  high-energy  physics.  Offered  second 
semester.  Three  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequiiste: 
Physics  301    and  Mathematics  215.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  224  or  226. 

311.  Electricity  (3),  Electrical  measuring  instruments  and  their  use  in  actual  measure- 
ments, the  distribution  of  power,  lighting,  and  heating.  Two  lecture  periods  and  one 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:   Physics   101-102  or  Physics   131-132. 

315.  Optics  (3).  Principles  and  laws  of  reflection,  refraction,  interference,  polari- 
zation, and  spectroscopy.  Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132. 

316.  Electronics  (3).  A  study  of  the  vacuum  tube  and  the  fundamentals  of  radio 
communication.  Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  the  instructor. 

76  PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 


121-322.  Biophysics  (l-l).  A  physical  treatment  of  biological  phenomena,  including 
such  topics  as  membrane  permeability,  membrane  potentials,  hydrostatics,  hydrody- 
namics, and  radiation  biology.  Prerequisite:  Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132  and 
8  sem.  hrs.  of  Biology. 

131.  Classical  Mechanics  (3).  Precise  mathematical  formulation  of  physical  pheno- 
mena. Prerequisite:  Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132.  Corequisite:  Mathematics 
223  or  225. 

136.  Mechanics  (3).  A  continuation  of  Physics  331.  Related  topics  such  as  the 
kinetic  theory  of  matter  and  low  temperature  physics  will  be  included.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  215  and  Physics  331.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  224  or  226. 

J51.  Photography  (1).  Developing,  printing,  and  enlarging.  One  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

171-372.      Advanced  Physics  Laboratory    (1).      Measurements  in  mechanics,  electricity, 
heat,  sound,  optics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear  physics.  One  laboratory  period  per  week. 
I     Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

101-402.  Special  Problems  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  An  introduction  to  the  method  of 
scientific  research.  The  student  is  allowed  to  pursue  in  the  laboratory  topics  in  which 
he  is  interested,  with  faculty  available  for  consultation.  Open  only  to  juniors  and 
seniors.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

3480.      Gulf  Coast  Semester  Research  (18). 

191-492.  Seminar  (1-1).  Student  presentations  of  current  problems  in  Physics 
research.   Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the   instructor. 

ASTRONOMY 

101-102.  General  Astronomy  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  earth,  moon,  time,  the  con- 
stellations, the  solar  system,  the  planets,  comets,  meteors,  the  sun,  the  development 
of  the  solar  system,  and  the  siderial  universe.  Two  lectures  and  one  observatory 
period. 

301-302.  Practical  Astronomy  (3-3).  Spherical  astronomy  and  the  theory  of  astro- 
nomical instruments  with  exercises  in  making  and  reducing  observations.  One  lecture 
and  one  double  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Astronomy  101-102  and 
consent  of  the  instructor. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Associate    Professors:  JOHN   QUINCY  ADAMS,   LL.B.,   Chairman 

HOWARD  GREGORY   BAVENDER,   M.A. 

Visiting    Professor:  GEORGE   V.   WOLFE,    Ph.D. 

Adjunct   Assistant   Professor:  ALOZIE   WACHUKU,   M.A. 

The  general  objective  of  the  Department  of  Political  Science  is  to  acquaint  students 
with  the  theory  and  practice  of  government  and  politics.  Primary  attention  is  focused 
upon  the  American  political  system. 

Directing  its  effort  to  an  intelligent  understanding  of  the  contemporary  world  and 
of  the  responsibilities  which  are  laid  upon  citizens  of  a  democracy,  the  Department  of 
Political  Science  shares  the  general  objectives  of  a  liberal  arts  education.  While  the 
department  does  not  emphasize  vocational  education,  the  knowledge  it  seeks  to  impart 
should  be  useful  to  anyone  contemplating  a  career  in  government  service,  law,  politics, 
or  business. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  77 


Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  the  department  are  required  tCi 
take  Political  Science  101,  102,  251,  252,  301,  302,  and  491,  and  at  least  nine  addi- 
tional hours  in  the  department.  In  order  to  become  and  continue  to  be  a  major,  student: 
must  have  a  2.50  average  in  political  science  course  work. 

Special  Programs.  In  conjunction  with  Drew  University,  political  science  major: 
may  enroll  in  the  United  Nations  Semester  and  the  London  Semester.  In  conjunction 
with  American  University,  students  may  enroll  in  the  Washington  Semester.  EacK 
program  involves  study  for  one  semester  off  campus.  Additional  information  is  giver 
on  pages  47  and  48. 

101.  American  Government  1  (3).  A  systems  analysis  of  our  national  political  en- 
vironment, inputs,  and  decisionmaking  agencies,  involving  study  of  federalism,  political 
parties.  Congress,  the  Presidency,  and  the  judiciary.  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  one 
hour  of  discussion  each  week. 

102,  American  Government  II  (3).  Output  analysis  of  our  national  fiscal,  regulatory, 
grant-in-aid,  social,   defense,  and  foreign   policies. 

112.  State  and  Local  Government  (3).  Urban  democratic  theory,  community  power 
analysis,  and  institutions  and  policies  of  state  and   local  government. 

211.  President  and  Congress  (4).  Powers,  functions,  organization,  and  decision- 
making processes  of  each  branch,   plus   roll-call  analysis  of  Congress. 

241.  Comparative  Government  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political  cultures  and  institutions  of  Great  Britain,  France,  and  other  nations.  Pre- 
requisite: Political  Science  101. 

242.  Comparative  Government  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political  cultures  and  institutions  of  the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany,  the  Soviet 
Union  and  selected  Communist  nations.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science   101. 

251.  Courts  and  the  Constitutions  I  (3).  Constitutional  politics,  the  judicial  process, 
court  operation,  and  constitutional  relationships  among  the  three  branches  of  govern- 
ment. Prerequisite:  Political  Science  101. 

252.  Courts  and  the  Constitution  II  (3).  Equal  protection,  criminal  due  process,  and 
first  amendment  freedoms.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  251. 

301.  Political  Theory  (3).  Classical  theory  from  the  Greeks  through  Hobbes,  Locke, 
Rousseau  and  the   theorists  of  the   American   Revolution. 

302.  Political  Theory  (3).  Nineteenth  Century  liberalism,  Marxism,  totalitarianism, 
and  Twentieth  Century  political  thought. 

311.  American  Political  Parties  (3).  Functions,  organization,  nominations,  cam- 
paigns, voting  rights  and  behavior,  with  attention  to  Southern  parties. 

338.  Public  Administration  (3).  Theory  and  application  of  planning,  organizing, 
staffing,  directing,  coordinating,  reporting,  and  budgeting   in  public  agencies. 

361.  international  Relations  (3).  Issues,  strategies,  and  theories  of  international 
politics  including  the  concepts  of  national  interest  and  national  defense,  imperialism, 
balance  of  power,  economics,  and  international  cooperation. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

362.  U.  S.  Foreign  Policy  (3).  The  basic  aims  and  formulation  of  American  foreign 
policy  including  its  diplomatic,  military,  and  economic  aspects  developed  within  the 
context  of  current  issues. 

Offered  in  aJternate  years. 

78  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


64.      International  Organizations    (3).      Development,  structure,  and  operation  of  the 
'f   United  Nations  and  other  international  agencies. 
\    Offered  in  alternate  years. 

'65.      U.    S.    Diplomatic    History    (3).      The    history    of    American    diplomacy    and    the 
i   foundations  of  our  modern  foreign  policy. 
'    Offered  in  alternate  years. 


01  -402.  Directed  Reading  (I  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) . 

03-404.  Undergraduate  Research  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3.) 

1 05-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) . 

ill -41 2.  Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

^52.  The  Mississippi  Legislative  Intern  Program  (3).  A  student  serves  as  an  aide 
to  one  or  more  members  of  the  Mississippi  Legislature  for  one  semester  during  a 
regular  session  of  the  Legislature,  working  at  a  variety  of  tasks  which  may  include 
research,  writing,  marking  up  bills,  etc.  Prerequisite:  (a)  a  major  in  Political  Science; 
(b)  Junior  or  Senior  standing;  (c)  permission  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Department. 
Application  for  admission  to  this  program  should  be  made  early  in  December  im- 
mediately preceding  a  new  legislative  session. 

153-454.  Constitutional  Liberties  Internship  (3).  Placement  of  a  student  with  a 
law  firm  or  government  agency  to  work  as  an  aide  in  matters  pertaining  to  con- 
stitutional   liberties.    Prerequisite:    Political   Science   251    and   252. 

^91.  The  Senior  Seminar:  Modern  Theory  (3).  Reading,  reports,  and  discussion  on 
the  state  of  the  discipline  of  political  science.  Attention  is  paid  to  contributions 
by  other  disciplines  to  the  study  of  politics. 


PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor:  RUSSELL  WILFORD   LEVANWAY,    Ph.D.,   Chairman 

Associate    Professor:  EDMOND   R.   VENATOR,    Ph.D. 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Psychology  are  ( 1  )  to  assist  students  in 
gaining  a  better  understanding  of  themselves  and  others  with  whom  they  live  and 
work,  and  in  developing  more  objective  attitudes  toward  human  behavior;  (2)  to  provide 
a  sound  foundation  for  graduate  study  and  professional  training  in  psychology;  and 
(3)  to  provide  certain  courses  which  are  basic  to  successful  professional  work  with 
people. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  Psychology  are  required  to  earn 
a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  the  department.  Required  courses  are  202,  209- 
210,  321,  491.  Departmental  electives  must  be  selected  from  the  following:  206, 
212,  302,  307,  313,  314,  315,  331,  and  390.  A  course  in  statistics  is  an  additional 
departmental  requirement.  Under  unusual  circumstances  a  student  may  substitute  an 
elective  course  for  a  required  course  if  he  passes  an  examination  on  the  subject 
matter  covered  by  the  required  course.  This  special  examination  will  be  administered 
by  the  departmental  chairman  and  must  be  passed  before  the  student  is  eligible  to 
take  the  comprehensive  examination.  The  student  successfully  taking  this  special  exami- 
nation will  receive  no  additional  course  credit  toward  the  degree. 

PSYCHOLOGY  79 


Psychology-Sociology. — A  combined  major  in  Psychology  and  Sociology  may  t| 
earned  by  completing  33  semester  hours  in  the  two  departments  combined,  with  <| 
least  15  hours  in  each  department.  The  following  courses  are  required  of  all  sue  I 
majors:  Psychology  202,  206,  302,  315,  and  314;  Anthropology  201,  and  Sociologj 
101,  280,  and  492.  A  course   in  statistics  is  also  required  for  this  major. 

202.  introduction  to  Psychology  (3).  The  student  is  introduced  to  methods  c 
studying  behavior  in  the  areas  of  learning,  intelligence,  maturation,  personality 
emotions,  and  perception. 

205.  Child  Psychology.      Same  as  Education  205. 

206.  Social  Psychology  (2).  A  study  of  the  principles  of  communication,  grouu 
interaction,  and  human  relations.  The  student  interested  in  conducting  researcl 
related  to  the  content  of  this  course  may  elect  to  enroll  for  Psychology  404  fo 
one  hour's  credit. 

207.  Adolescent  Psychology. — Same  as  Education  207. 

209-210.  Experimental  Psychology  (3-3).  Emphasizes  psychology  as  a  sciencei 
including:  introduction  to  philosophy  of  science;  experimental  methods  and  design- 
collection,  analysis,  and  interpretation  of  data;  and  scientific  writing.  Content  are< 
of  learning  stressed  most  heavily.   Prerequisite  202  and  statistics. 

212.  History  and  Systems  (3).  The  historical  development  of  the  field  of  psychology 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  outstanding  systems  of  psychological  thought  as  exempli- 
fied  by   both   past   and   contemporary   men    in   the    field. 

271.  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences  (3).  Statistical  techniques  and  theory  ol 
greatest  application    in   the   behavioral   sciences.    Consent   of   instructor. 

302.  Dynamics  of  Human  Behavior  (3).  Theoretical  contributions  to  the  under- 
standing of  personality  will  be  discussed.  Emphasis  on  normal  development,  with 
abnormal  symptoms  being  treated  as  extremes  of  normal  patterns.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  202. 

303.  Abnormal  Psychology  (3).  Considers  man's  deviations  from  the  normal,  en- 
vironmental correlates  of  such  deviations,  and  corrective  procedures.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology   202. 

307.  Physiological  Psychology  (3).  The  physiological  processes  underlying  psycho- 
logical activity,  including  physiological  factors  in  learning,  emotion,  motivation,  and 
perception.  Prerequiiste:  Psychology  202;  Biology  121-122  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. 

313.  Psychology  of  Motivation  (3).  Emphasizes  the  initiation  of  a  sequence  of 
behavior,  including  its  energization,  selection,  and  direction.  An  examination  Is 
made  of  both  theory  and  research  findings  involving  biological  and  social  controls 
of    behavior.    Prerequiiste:    Psychology   202. 

314.  Learning  (3).  Combines  material  typically  covered  in  courses  in  principles 
and  theories  of  learning.  Experimental  findings  related  to  the  theories  of  Thorndike, 
Guthrie,   Hull,   Tolman,    and   Skinner,   are   examined.    Prerequisite:    Psychology   202. 

315.  Psychological  Tests  and  Measurements  (3).  A  study  of  the  theory,  problems, 
and  techniques  of  psychological  measurement.  A  survey  of  both  individual  and 
group  tests  of  ability,  aptitude,  interests,  and  personality.  Prerequisite:  Psychology 
202   and   either  Mathematics    172   or   Psychology   271. 

80  PSYCHOLOGY 


21.  Advanced  General  Psychology  (3).  A  re-examination  of  the  areas  of  perception, 
learning,  physiology,  motivation,  emotions,  and  personaltiy.  Prerequisite:  Senior  status, 
psychology  major. 

31.  Perception  and  Cognition  (3).  A  course  designed  to  keep  abreast  of  theoretical 
and  experimental  developments  in  the  rapidly  expanding  areas  of  human  perception, 
thinking,  reasoning,  problem-solving,  creativity,  attention,  concentration,  information 
processing,  and  computer  analogues  to  the  human  cognitive  processes.  In  the  treat- 
ment of  perception,  priority  is  given  to  central  processes  rather  than  to  the  peripheral 
sensory  apparatus.  Some  dimensions  of  hypnosis  and  extra-sensory  perception  will 
be  explored.   Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

52.      Educational  Psychology.- — Same  as  Education  352. 

90.  Comparative  Psychology  (3).  The  study  of  the  behavior  of  lower  animals.  The 
course  attempts  to  relate  behavior  to  organismic  structures  and  environmental 
stimuli.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

01-402.  Directed  Reading  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Open  only  to  advanced  students. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

03-404.  Undergraduate  Research  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Open  only  to  advanced 
students.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

11-412.      Special  Topics.    ( 1   to  3  —  1   to  3 ) .      Open  only  to  approved  students. 

91.  Seminar  (3).  An  intensive  reading  course,  giving  the  student  a  wide  ac- 
quaintance with  current  psychological  literature  and  systems  of  psychology.  Designed 
to  fill  major  gaps  in  a  student's  preparation  in  the  field. 


RELIGION 

he   Tatum   Chair  of    Religion 

rofessors:  LEE    H.    REIFF,    Ph.D.,   Chairman 

THOMAS   WILEY   LEWIS,    III,    Ph.D. 

^sociate    Professor:  ROBERT   E.   ANDING,   A.M. 

The  courses  are  designed  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  and  appreciation 
f  the  Bible  and  of  the  place  of  organized  religion  in  life  and  society;  to  help  students 
evelop  an  adequate  personal  religious  faith;  and  to  prepare  them  for  rendering  effective 
srvice  in  the  program  of  the  church. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Majors  in  Religion  are  required  to  take  an  additional 
.5  hours  of  courses  in  the  department,  beyond  the  hours  required  of  all  students  for 
raduation.  Required  for  all  majors  are  201,  202,  391,  392,  492.  Philosophy  331 
nay  be  counted  as  three  hours  on  the  religion  major  if  the  student  satisfies  the  philosophy 
equirement  with  an   additional  six  hours   in   philosophy. 

101.      The   Story  of  the   Old   Testament    (3).      History,    literature,   and   theology    in   the 
Old   Testament. 

!02.      The  Story  of  the  New  Testament    (3).      History,   literature,   and  theology   in    the 
new   Testament. 

RELIGION  81 


251.  The  History  of  Methodism  (3).  John  Wesley  and  the  emergence  and  develop 
ment  of  the  Methodist  Church. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

252.  The  Educational  Work  of  the  Church  (3).  The  alms,  programs,  and  method 
of  Christian  education  in  the  church  today.  Projects  in  local  churches  are  included 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

301.  The  Teachings  of  Jesus  (3).  An  interpretative  study  of  the  life  and  teaching; 
of  Jesus. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

302.  The  Prophets  (3).  An  interpretative  study  of  the  Old  Testament  prophets 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

311.      The  Life  of  Paul   (3).       Issues  in  the  thought  and  life  of  Paul. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

341.  The  Work  of  the  Pastor  (3).  The  problems  and  opportunities  of  the  pastor/ 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

342.  The  Organization  of  the  Church  (3).  The  organizational  structure  of  the  Unitec 
Methodist  Church  with  provisions  for  comparison  with  other  church  structures.  De- 
signed for  both   preministerial  and   lay  students. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

351.  Church  and  Society  (3).  The  function  of  the  church  in  the  present  social  order. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

381.  World  Religions  (3).  The  origin  and  development  of  the  great  living  religions., 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391-392.  History  of  Christianity  (3-3).  The  development  of  Christianity  and  Chris- 
tian thought  from  Jesus  to  the  High  Middle  Ages,  and  from  the  High  Middle 
Ages  through   the    Reformation    to   the    present.    Either   semester   may   be   taken    alone. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Individualized  reading  and  research! 
in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  an  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the( 
department  chairman. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) .  Individual  investigation  of  an' 
area  or  problem  with  occasional  advice  from  an  instructor,  culminating  in  a  writtenr 
report.   Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Special  areas  of  study  not  regularly) 
offered,  for  an  organized  class  of  interested  students.  Prerequiiste:  Consent  of  thes 
department  and  division  chairmen. 

492.  Seminar  ( 1  ) .  Designed  to  help  the  student  majoring  in  religion  integrate  his; 
knowledge   in   terms  of  the   total    life. 


ROMANCE  LANGUAGES 

Associate    Professors:  BILLY   MARSHALL   BUFKIN,   A.M.,   Chairman 

NELLIE   KHAYAT   HEDERI,  A.M. 

Assistant   Professor:  HILLIARD   SAUNDERS,   JR.   M.A. 

Instructor:  CARL   0.    PENNY,   M.A. 

This   department   offers   courses    in    French,    Italian,    and    Spanish.    The    preparatory 
courses    (101-102)    are  equivalent  to  two  high   school   units. 

82  ROMANCE  LANGUAGES 


A  student  is  not  permitted  to  enter  courses  201  and  202  in  French  and  Spanish 
ntil  the  101-102  course  or  the  equivalent  has  been  satisfactorily  completed.  Students 
^ho  have  credit  for  two  or  more  units  of  a  modern  foreign  language  in  high  school 
will  be  given  a  standard  placement  test  as  part  of  the  orientation  program  and  on  the 
basis  of  this  test  will  be  advised  as  to  whether  they  are  prepared  to  continue  the 
language  at  the  college  level  or  whether  they  should  take  the  101-102  course.  A 
student  will  not  be  admitted  to  courses  321  and  322  in  French  or  Spanish  until  201 
and  202  (or  equivalent  if  transfer  student)  have  been  satisfied.  Under  no  condition 
will  a  student  be  permitted  to  begin  French  and  Spanish  the  same  year. 

A  student  should  consult  the  professors  in  charge  before  planning  to  take  more 
than  two  modern  languages.  Any  course  not  already  counted  may  be  used  as  a  junior 
or  senior  elective.  Credit  is  not  given  for  101    unless  102  is  completed. 

A  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  the  language  laboratory  is  required  in  all 
bourses  except  401  -402. 

Requirements  for  Major:  For  students  majoring  in  either  French  or  Spanish  no 
jone  course  is  required  with  more  emphasis  than  the  others.  It  is  recommended  that 
'such  students  take  every  course  offered  in  their  major  field  of  interest.  A  minimum 
of  24  semester  hours  is  required  beyond  the  101-102  series,  although  30  hours  is 
recommended.  Should  a  candidate  take  only  the  minimum  of  required  courses,  1 8  of 
these  hours   must  be   in   the   literature  of   his   language  of  specialty. 

FRENCH   AND    ITALIAN 

101-102.  Elementary  French  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  prac- 
tice. 

201-202.  Intermediat'e  French  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern 
French    prose.    Prerequisite:    French     101-102    or    two    years    of    high    school    French. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  some 
fluency  in  the  use  of  the  spoken  language.  Composition  drill  is  also  given.  Emphasis 
on  civilization    in   the  second   semester.    Prerequisite:    French    101-102   or  equivalent. 

301-302.  Advanced  French  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  A  course  in  ad- 
vanced French  composition  and  reading.  This  course  may  be  taken  in  addition  to  and 
may  also  substitute  for  French  251-252.   Prerequisite:   French  201-202  or  equivalent. 

321-322.  Survey  of  French  Literature  (3-3).  An  anthology  is  used.  Instruction  and 
recitation  principally  in   French.   Prerequisite:   French  201-202  or  equivalent. 

331-332.      Seventeenth  Century  French  Literature    (3-3).      A  study  of  the  Golden  Age 
of    French    literature.    Special    attention    is    given    to    the    works   of    Corneille,    Moliere, 
Racine,  and  La  Fontaine.  Prerequisite:  French  321-322  or  equivalent. 
Ottered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1972-73. 

341-342.      French    Literature    in    the    Eighteenth    Century     (3-3).      An    anthology    of 
eighteenth    century    French    readings    is    used.    Extensive    readings    in    Rousseau    and 
Voltaire.    Second   semester   concentrates    on   the    dramatic    literature    of   the   age.    Pre- 
requisite: French  321  -322  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Not  offered  in  1972-73. 

351-352.  Nineteenth  Century  French  Literature  (3-3).  First  semester  deals  with 
pre-Romantics,  early  Romantic  prose  writers,  and  the  Romantic  poets  and  novelists. 
A  survey  of  French  Romantic  drama  is  also  given.  Second  semester  deals  with 
Parnassianism,  Symbolism,  Realism,  and  Naturalism.  Prerequisite:  French  321-322 
or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1972-73. 

ROMANCE  LANGUAGES  83 


361-362.      French   Literature  of  the   Twentieth   Century    (3-3).      First   semester   deals 
with  Maeterlinck,  Proust,  Bergson,  Gide,   Peguy,  and  Claudel.  Second  semester  deals 
with    Breton   and   the   Surrealists,    Malraux,    Giraudoux,   Anouilh,    Sartre,   and    Camus. 
Prerequisite:  French  32-322  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Not  offered  in  1972-73. 

401  -402.  Directed  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) .  A  course  designed  for  advanced 
students  who  wish  to  do  reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance 
of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

Italian  251-252.  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  A  two-semester  course  in 
beginning  Italian  language  with  emphasis  on  reading  knowledge  and  conversational 
approach.  This  course  is  designed  to  afford  the  student  with  two  years  of  another 
modern  foreign  language,  a  knowledge  of  the  structure  of  the  Italian  language  in 
the  first  semester  and,  in  the  second  semester,  a  cultural  reader  is  used  incorporating 
oral  proficiency  training.  The  course  is  especially  recommended  for  students  of 
music.  Offered  on  sufficient  demand  and  when  teaching  schedules  and  staff  permit. 
Prerequisite:  Two  years  of  another  modern  foreign  language  and  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

SPANISH 

101-102.  Elementary  Spanish  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  prac- 
tice. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Spanish  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern 
Spanish   prose.   Prerequiiste:  Spanish    101-102   or  two   units  of  high   school   Spanish. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  some 
fluency  in  the  use  of  spoken  Spanish  and  a  familiarity  with  the  civilization.  Laboratory 
drill  is  incorporated  in  this  course.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  101-102  and  preferably 
201-202. 

321-322.  Survey  of  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  The  first 
semester  considers  the  literature  from  the  jarchas  to  the  Early  Renaissance.  The 
second  semester  covers  Late  Renaissance  and  Golden  Age  authors.  An  outline  history 
of  Spanish   literature   is  also   used.    Prerequisite:   Spanish   201-202. 

331-332.  The  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age  (3-3).  The  first  semester  consists  of 
consideration  of  the  best  known  plays  of  the  most  representative  Spanish  dramatists 
of  the  Golden  Age  from  Cervantes  to  Calderon.  The  second  semester  consists  of  a 
detailed  study  of  the  life  and  works  of  Miguel  de  Cervantes,  primarily  the  Quijote. 
Prerequisite:  Spanish  201  -202  and  preferably  321  -322. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Not  offered  in  1972-73. 

351-352.  Nineteenth  Century  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is  a 
study  of  the  historical  background  and  characteristics  of  nineteenth  century  drama 
and  poetry.  The  second  semester  deals  with  the  Spanish  novel  in  the  19th  century, 
its  origins,  antecedents,  influence,  and  characteristics.  Prerequiiste:  Spanish  201-202 
and  preferably  321  -322. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1972-73. 

361-362.      Spanish    Literature    of   the    Twentieth    Century     (3-3).      The    first    semester 
deals  with   the  Generation  of  '98.   The  second  semester  deals   with   Jimenez,   Garcia 
Lorca,  Casona,  Cela,  Laforet,  Zunzunegui,  and  others.   Prerequisite:  Spanish  321-322 
or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1972-73. 

84  ROMANCE  LANGUAGES 


^81-382.  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  (3-3).  A  brief  outline  of  the 
literature  of  the  Spanish-American  countries  with  attention  to  historical  and 
cultural  backgrounds.  The  first  semester  deals  with  the  Colonial  and  Independence 
Periods.  The  second  semester  covers  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Pre- 
requisite: Spanish  201-202  and  preferably  321-322. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Not  offered  in  1972-73. 

101-402.  Directed  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  A  course  designed  for  advanced 
students  who  wish  to  do  reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance 
of  the   instructor.   Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

LINGUISTICS 

191-392.  Introduction  to  Comparative  Linguistics  (3-3).  This  course  emphasizes 
the  historical  development  of  the  Indo-European  Languages.  Attention  is  given  to 
structural  linguistics,  semantics,  and  phonetics.  Other  problems  related  to  the  teaching 
of  language  and  philological  research  are  treated.  Prerequisite:  French,  German,  or 
Spanish  201-202  or  Italian  251-252. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 


Adjunct   Professor:  MICKEY    KENNETH   CLAMPIT,    Ph.D.,   Chairman 

FRANCES   HEIDELBERG   COKER,   M.S.T. 

\djunct   Professors:  JAMES   LOEWEN,    Ph.D. 

\djunct  Assistant   Professor:         ALOZIE   WACHUKU,   M.A. 

Race  riots,  urban  redevelopment,  crime  and  conformity,  student  protest,  industriali- 
sation— these  are  some  of  the  topics  which  sociology  studies  through  focusing  on  how 
nstitutions  (such  as  the  family,  the  church,  and  caste)  relate  to  one  another  within 
:hanging  societies.  Anthropology  provides  a  comparison  by  studying  similar  processes 
n  pre-literate  societies  such  as  the  Pygmies,  head-hunting  Jivaro,  and  the  Eskimo. 

Courses  in  the  Department  of  Sociology  and  Anthropology  are  planned  ( 1  )  to 
Jevelop  the  liberal  arts  student's  knowledge  about  the  nature  of  societies  and  how 
nstitutions  are  maintained  as  well  as  changed.  (2)  To  give  students  a  greater  percep- 
ion  and  understanding  of  social  processes  in  a  changing  world,  so  they  may  lead  more 
effective  and  enlightened  careers  in  sociological  and  anthropological  research;  social 
vork,  teaching,  law,  and  the  ministry;  as  well  as  community  organization,  social  change, 
ind  urban  planning. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  the  department. 
Required  courses  are  101,  201,  280,  492,  493,  and  any  other  two  courses  offered 
3y  the  department.  Majors  are  encouraged  to  take  280  in  their  sophomore  year,  492 
n  spring  of  junior  year,   and  493    in  fall  of  senior  year. 

101.  Introduction  to  Sociology  (3).  Survey  of  basic  concepts,  institutions  and  pro- 
cesses of  social  life. 

102.  Social  Problems  in  American  Society  (3).  Analysis  of  such  problems  as  adoles- 
cence, old  age,  status  of  women,  community  organization  and  development,  war. 

204.  Social  Change  in  American  Society  (3).  American  society  as  a  social  system 
in  transition;  confrontation  and  conflict;  theoretical  models  of  social  change.  Prere- 
quisite: Sociology  101. 

SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY  85 


205.      Sociology     of     Religion     (3).      Psychological,     sociological,     and     anthropological 
theories  and  studies  on  the  origin,   nature,  and   institutional   structure   of   religion    in 
complex  and  preliterate  societies.  Prerequisite:  Sociology   101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

221.  Introduction  to  Social  Work  (3).  Broad  view  of  the  field  of  social  work,  and 
social  work  organization.  Especially  recommended  for  exploring  interests  in  social 
work  as  a  profession.   Prerequisite:  Sociology   101    or  consent  of  instructor. 

240.  Minority  Group  Relations  in  American  Society  (3).  Sociological  theory  and 
research,  literature,  and  the  mass  media  as  sources  of  information  about  racial, 
ethnic,  and  other  minority  group  relations  in  the   U.S. 

280.  Methods  and  Statistics  of  Social  Research  (4).  Research  tools  are  presented  so 
that  students  can  undertake  their  own  projects,  analyze,  data,  and  criticize  research 
studies  done  by  others. 

301.  Marriage  and  the  Family  (3).  Theory  and  research  on  the  institution  of 
marriage  in  the  United  States,  changes  in  the  structure  and  function  of  marriage, 
and  changing  roles  within  marriage. 

321.      Urban    Sociology    (3).      Structures    and    processes   of    urbanization;    problems   of 
community  and  cleavage;  urban  decision-making,  and  models  of  redevelopment  within 
megalopolis.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

332.  Collective  Behavior  (3).  Mass  behavior  and  mass  movements,  such  as  riots, 
fads,  and  social  movements.   Prerequisite:  Sociology   101.  J 

Offered  in  alternate  years.  ■ 

351.      Complex    Organizations     (3).      Large    scale    organization    in    modern    society — its 
historical  development,  internal  structure  and  process,  and  influence  on  the  personality 
and  other  institutions.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361.      Population   Problems    (3).      Population  theory,   Maithusian   and   post-Malthusian; 
demographic    forces,    fertility,   migration,    mortality;    such    tools    as    age-sex    pyramids, 
population  density,  etc.   Prerequisite:  Sociology    101    or  consent  of   instructor. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

371.      Social    Stratification.      Research    methods,    theories    and    empirical    findings    per- 
taining to  social   stratification    in   the   United  States  and  other  countries.    Prerequisite: 
Sociology  101 . 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391.  Sociology  of  Deviance  (3).  Crime,  delinquency,  abortion,  homosexuality,  drug 
use,  alcoholism,  prostitution,  and  other  forms  of  deviance,  viewed  from  a  non- 
moralistic  sociological  perspective. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Assigned  readings  and  periodic 
meetings  with    instructor.    Prerequisite:   Consent  of    instructor   and   chairman. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed 
and  conducted  independently  by  a  junior  or  senior  major,  with  report  due  at  end 
of  semester.    Prerequisite:   Consent  of   instructor  and  chairman. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  inquiry  into  an  area  of  special 
interest  by  a  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  independent  work  with  minimum  of 
supervision.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor  and  chairman. 

86  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 


|41 1-412.  Special  Topics  in  Sociology  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Class  dealing  with  the 
analysis  of  an  area  not  normally  covered  in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to 
students.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 

1451 -452.  internship  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  for  majors 
working  with  selected  organizations  engaged  in  social  research,  social  work,  and 
community  organization.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

492.  Seminar  in  Sociological  Theory  (3).  Historical  approach  to  theoretical  develop- 
ment in  sociology,  focusing  on  European  school,  social  reformers,  and  symbolic  inter- 
actionists.  For  junior  majors  only. 

493.  Senior  Seminar  for  Majors  (3).  Modern  sociological  theory,  special  readings 
for  examinations,  ethical  implication  of  research,  modern  trends  in  sociology.  For 
senior  majors  only. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

201.  Introduction  to  Anthropology  (3).  Survey  of  basic  concepts  and  approaches 
to  physical  anthropology,  archaeology,  and  particularly  cultural  and  social  patterns 
of  preliterate  peoples. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Assigned  readings  and  periodic 
meetings   with    instructor.    Prerequisite:    Consent   of    instructor,    and   chairman. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed 
by  a  junior  or  senior  major,  and  conducted  independently  by  outstanding  student. 
Research  report  due  at  the  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor  and 
chairman. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Readings  in  an  area  of  special 
interest  to  the  well  qualified  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  highly  independent 
work  with  supervision.  Report  due  at  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor  and  chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Class  dealing  with 
the  analysis  of  an  area  not  normally  covered  in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest 
to  students. 

SPEECH  AND  THEATRE 

Professor:  LANCE   GOSS,   A.M.,   Chairman 

Associate   Professor:  DOUGLAS  W.   DAVIS,   Ph.D. 

Instructor:  NANCY   BOYD  SULLIVAN,   M.A. 

SPEECH 

Requirements  for  a  major  in  Speech:  30  hours  required,  to  include  Speech  101  -102, 
Speech  211,  Speech  223,  Speech  361,  Speech  363,  Speech  401-402;  plus  eight 
hours  of  Contest  Debate  or  two  hours  of  Contest  Debate  and  Speech  335  and  Speech 
336. 

Requirements  for  a  major  in  Theatre:  30  hours  required,  to  include  Theatre  103- 
104,  Theatre  203-204,  Theatre  205-206,  Theatre  305-306,  Theatre  395-396,  Theatre 
402T. 

Requirements  for  a  major  in  Speech  and  Theatre:  32  hours  required,  to  include 
Speech  101-102,  Speech  21  1,  Speech  361,  Speech  401-402,  Theatre  103-104,  Theatre 
205-206,  Theatre  305-306. 

SPEECH  AND  THEATRE  87 


101.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Public  Speaking  (3).  Each  student  will  be  required  to 
deliver  a  minimum  of  five  addresses  which  deal  with  progressively  more  difficult 
material  and  situations.  Emphasis  is  given  to  development  of  correct  breathing, 
proper  pronunciation,  accurate  enunciation,  and  an  effective  platform  manner. 
Individual  attention  and  criticism  are  given  at  frequent  intervals. 

102.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Oral  Reading  (3).  Involves  the  reading  aloud  of  various^ 
types  of  literature  with  a  view  of  communicating  its  logical,  imaginative,  and  emo-i 
tional   content. 

201.  Discussion  Method  (3).  Different  problems  of  current  interest  are  analyzed 
and  discussed  in  a  round  table  style.  Discussion  is  based  upon  reflective  reasoning 
as  opposed  to   the    intentional    reasoning    used    in    debate.    Prerequisite:    Speech    101. 

211.  Forensics  ( 3 ) .  The  discussion  technique,  including  emphasis  on  debate  and 
parliamentary  procedure.  Different  problems  of  current  interest  are  analyzed,  dis- 
cussed, debated,  and  determined  by  differing  forensic  methods. 

221.  Persuasion  (3).  A  study  of  psychological  and  rhetorical  principles  in  influencing 
and  controlling  the  belief  of  individuals;  of  the  basis  of  persuasion,  the  nature  of 
response,  and  the  methods  of  adaptation  to  various  mental  attitudes.  Prerequisite: 
Speech    101,   three   hours  of   psychology,   and  Sophomore  standing. 

223.  Advanced  Public  Speaking  (3).  Concentrated  study  of  the  theory  and  practice 
of  the  various  forms  of  public  speaking.  Attention  is  given  to  the  manuscript, 
extemporaneous,  memorized,  and  impromptu  forms  of  speech.  Includes  a  study  of 
some  of  the  more  famous  historical  speeches. 

335.  American  Public  Address  (3).  Public  speaking  in  the  United  States.  Particular 
attention  is  given  to  the  historical  background  of  the  various  speakers  and  their 
speeches. 

336.  British  Public  Address  (3).  Public  speaking  in  Great  Britain  and  its  influence 
upon  American  public  address.  Historical  background  of  distinguished  speakers  and 
their  speeches  is  considered. 

361.  Phonetics  (3).  Detailed  analysis  of  English  speech  sounds.  American  regional 
pronunciations  are  considered.  Words  are  formed,  discussed,  and  transcribed  according 
to  the  International  Phonetic  Alphabet.  Attention  also  given  to  words  which  are 
widely  mispronounced. 

363.  Speech  Correction  (3).  Includes  a  general  introduction  to  various  speech  dis- 
orders, including  an  analysis  of  causes  and  symptoms.  This  is  a  non-technical  survey. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (2-2).  Designed  to  acquaint  speech  students  with  the 
latest  developments  in  that  field. 

THEATRE 

103-104.  Introduction  to  Theatre  (3).  Covering  all  aspects  of  theatre  art,  this  is 
designed  as  the  basic  course  in  theatre. 

131-132  (Freshman),  231-232  (Sophomore),  331-332  (Junior),  431-432  (Senior). 
Performance.  Practical  experience  in  production  by  the  Millsaps  Players.  The  first 
two  semesters  may  be  taken  simultaneously  with  Theatre  103-104.  One  hour  per 
semester  to  a  total  of  eight  hours. 

88  SPEECH  AND  THEATRE 


SI  71 -SI  72.  Summer  Workshop  (3-3).  Includes  acting,  production,  and  performance 
techniques.  Practical  experience  is  gained  through  participation  in  special  summer 
production  by  The  Millsaps  Players. 

203-204.  Theatrical  Production  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  field  of  theatrical  production, 
including  scenery,  properties,  lighting,  sound,  costuming,  and  make-up.  Prerequisite: 
Theatre  103-104. 

205-206.  Acting  (2-2).  Basic  principles  of  acting  in  modern  plays  are  dealt  with 
in  the  first  semester.  The  second  semester  considers  acting  in  pre-modern  drama. 
Prerequisite:  Theatre  103-104. 

301.  Greek  Drama  (3).  Concentrated  study  of  all  aspects  of  the  theatre  of  ancient 
Greece. 

305-306.  Literature  and  History  of  the  Theatre  (3-3).  Covers  the  European  theatre. 
Prerequisite:  Theatre  103-104. 

311-312.  American  Theatre  (3-3).  The  literature  and  history  of  the  American 
theatre  to  the  present  day.  Prerequiiste:  Theatre   103-104. 

337.      Modern  Drama.      See  English  337. 

365-366.      Shakespeare     See  English  365-366. 

395-396.  Directing  (2-2).  Covers  all  facets  of  the  director's  role  in  modern  play, 
production  from  the  selection  of  the  play  and  casting  through  the  performances. 
Prerequisite:  103-104. 

402.  Directed  Reading  (2-2).  A  seminar  for  theatre  majors  covering  various  aspects 
of  theatrical  history,  literature,  and  production. 


SPEECH  AND  THEATRE  89 


IV 

Administration 
Of  The  Curriculum 


k 


The  grade  of  the  student  in  any  class  is  determined  by  the 
combined  class  standing  and  the  result  of  a  written  examination.  The 
examination  is  counted  as  approximately  one-third  of  the  grade  for 
the   semester. 

"A"   represents  superior  work. 

"B"  represents  above  the  average  achievement  in  the  regularly  pre- 
scribed  work. 

"C"  represents  an  average  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  pre- 
scribed  work. 

"D"  represents  a  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed 
work  of  the  class  below  the  average  in  the  same  relationship  as 
the  grade  of  "B"  is  above  the  average. 

"E"  represents  a  condition  and  is  changed  to  a  "D"  if  the  grade  in 
the  other  semester  of  the  course  is  "C"  or  above,  providing  that 
the  "E"  precedes  the  higher  grade  on  the  student's  record. 

"F"  represents  failure  to  do  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the 
class.  All  marks  of  "D"  and  above  are  passing  marks  and  "F" 
represents   failure. 

"WP"  indicates  that  the  student  has  withdrawn  from  the  course  while 
passing,  and  "WF"  means  that  he  has  withdrawn  while  failing. 

"I"  indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete  and  is  changed  to  "F"  if 
the  work  is  not  completed  by  the  end  of  the  following  semester. 


The  completion  of  any  academic  course  with  a  grade  of  "D" 
shall  entitle  a  student  to  one  quality  point  for  each  semester  hour, 
the  completion  of  a  course  with  a  grade  of  "C"  for  the  semester 
shall  entitle  a  student  to  two  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour, 
the  completion  of  a  course  with  a  grade  of  "B"  for  the  semester 
shall  entitle  a  student  to  three  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour, 
and  the  completion  of  a  course  with  a  grade  of  "A"  shall  entitle 
a  student  to  four  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour.  A  quality 
point  index  is  arrived  at  by  dividing  the  total  number  of  quality 
points  by  the  number  of  academic  hours  taken.  The  change  from  a 
3:00  to  a  4:00  quality  point  index  became  effective  at  Millsaps 
College  on  June  5,    1968. 


The  following  number  of  hours  and  quality  points  is  required: 

For  sophomore   rating    ....    24    hours;      24   quality   points 

For  junior  rating 52    hours;      72   quality   points 

For  senior  rating 90    hours;    144   quality   points 

A  student's  classification  for  the  entire  year  is  on  the  basis  of 
his  status  at  the  beginning  of  the  fall  semester. 

ACADEMIC   PROCEDURES 


GRADES 
HONORS 
CLASS  STANDINI 


Quality   Points 


Class   Standing 


92 


A  student  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.2  for  his  entire  course 
hall  be  graduated  Cum  Laude;  one  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.6 
nd  who  has  a  rating  of  excellent  on  the  comprehensive  examination 
lall  be  graduated  Magna  Cum  Laude;  and  one  whose  quality  point 
idex  is  3.9  and  who  has  a  rating  of  excellent  on  the  comprehensive 
xamination  shall    be   graduated   Summa   Cum    Laude. 

To  be  eligible  for  graduation  Cum  Laude,  Magna  Cum  Laude  or 
umma  Cum  Laude,  a  student  must  have  passed  at  least  sixty  academic 
emester  hours  in  Millsaps  College.  Distinction  or  special  distinction 
lay  be  refused  a  student  who,  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty,  has 
arfeited  his  right. 

In  determining  eligibility  for  distinction  or  special  distinction 
1  the  case  of  students  who  have  not  done  all  their  college  work  at 
Aillsaps,  the  quality  points  earned  on  the  basis  of  grades  made  at 
ther  institutions  will  be  considered,  but  the  student  will  be  con- 
idered  eligible  only  if  he  has  the  required  index  both  on  the  work 
one  at  Millsaps  and  on  his  college  courses  as  a  whole. 


A  full-time  student  with  Junior  standing  who  has  an  over-all 
luality  point  index  of  3.0  may  during  the  first  semester  of  his  Junior 
ear  apply  to  his  department  chairman  for  permission  to  declare  him- 
elf  a  candidate  for  honors.  Admission  requires  acceptance  of  the 
tudent  by  the  chairman  of  the  department  and  approval  by  the 
ionors  Council.  Entrance  into  the  Honors  Program  becomes  effective 
s  of  the  spring   semester  of  the   Junior  year. 


The  Honors  Program  extends  over  three  semesters.  A  student 
dmitted  into  the  Program  will  in  the  second  semester  of  his  Junior 
ear  enroll  with  his  honors  adviser  in  a  directed  study  entitled 
lonors  I  (Colloquium).  Enrollment  in  Honors  II  and  Honors  III 
Research)  will  ordinarily  follow  in  the  fall  and  spring  semesters  of 
he  Senior  year.  A  letter  grade  will  be  given  for  each  of  these 
ourses.  The  three  semesters  of  honors  work  are  intended  to  culmi- 
late  in  an  honors  paper  to  be  presented  to  the  Honors  Council  and 
lefended   before  an  examining   board. 

The  first  semester  in  the  Honors  Program  consists  of  an  Honors 
lolloquium  designed  to  bring  together  for  the  purpose  of  intellectual 
xchange  all  those  students  participating  in  the  Honors  Program, 
'he  aim  of  the  Honors  Colloquium  is  the  total  involvement  of  good 
ninds  in  the  exchange  of  ideas  and  values  centering  around  selected 
hemes  and  areas  of  investigation  of  mutual  interest  to  all  disciplines, 
rhe  Honors  Colloquium  is  an  interdisciplinary  venture  and  is  required 
if   all   students   entering   the   Honors   Program. 


ACADEMIC   PROCEDURES 


Graduation 
With   Distinction 


Graduation 
With    Honors 


Honors 
Program 


93 


A  candidate  who  completes  the  honors  work  satisfactorily,  who 
presents  and  defends  the  honors  paper  satisfactorily,  who  has  a  3.0 
overall  quality  point  index,  and  who  has  a  3.33  index  in  honors 
work  will  be  graduated  with  Honors.  A  candidate  who  has  a  3.6 
overall  quality  point  index,  who  has  a  4.0  index  in  honors  work 
and  who  in  the  estimation  of  the  examining  board  has  presented  a 
superior  honors  paper  will  be  graduated  with  High  Honors. 

A  student  may  voluntarily  withdraw  his  candidacy  for  honors  at 
any  time.  Students  enrolled  in  honors  courses  are,  however,  bound 
by  the  general  college  rules  for  dropping  a  course  and  for  receiving 
course  credit.  Candidacy  may  be  involuntarily  terminated  at  any  time 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  honors  adviser  and  with  the  approval 
of  the  Honors  Council. 


Those    meeting    the    following    requirements    are    honored    by    in- 
clusion on  the   Dean's   List: 

1.  Scholarship: 

(a)  The  student  must  carry  not  less  than  twelve  academic 
hours  during  the  semester  on  which  the  scholastic 
average    is   based; 

(b)  The  student  must  have  a  quality  point  average  for  the 
preceding  semester  of  3.2; 

(c)  The  student  must  have  no  mark  lower  than  a  C  for  the 
preceding   semester. 

2.  Conduct: 

The  student  must  be,  in  the  judgment  of  the  deans,  a  good 
citizen  of  the  college  community. 


Reports  are  sent  at  the  close  of  each  nine  weeks  to  the  parent 
or  guardian  of  each  student.  These  reports  indicate,  as  nearly  as 
practicable,  the  nature  of  the  progress  made  by  the  student  in  his 
work  at  the  college. 


Fifteen  academic  semester  hours  is  considered  the  normal  load 
per   semester. 

No  student  may  take  more  than  seventeen  semester  hours  of 
academic  work  unless  he  has  a  quality  index  of  2.5  on  the  latest 
previous  college  term  or  semester.  No  student  may  take  more  than 
nineteen  semester  hours  of  academic  work  unless  he  has  a  quality 
point  index  of  3.00  on  the  latest  previous  college  term  or  semester 
and  obtains  permission  from  the  Associate  Dean.  No  student  may 
receive  credit  for  more  than  twenty-one  hours  in  a  semester  under 
any   circumstances. 


ACADEMIC   PROCEDURES 


Dean's   List 


Reports 


Hours 
Permitted 


94 


A  freshman  student  may  not  enroll  for  more  than  eight  hours 
of  laboratory  science  courses  in  any  one  semester  except  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  student's  official  adviser. 

Any  student  who  is  permitted  to  take  more  than  eighteen 
semester  hours  of  work  will  be  charged  one-half  the  special  student 
tuition  for  each  additional  hour  per  semester. 

No  student  can  be  registered  for  courses  in  another  college  at 
the  same  time  he  is  enrolled  in  Millsaps  without  the  written  per- 
mission of  the  Associate  Dean. 


A  student  cannot  change  classes  or  drop  classes  or  take  up 
new  classes  except  by  the  consent  of  the  Associate  Dean,  his  faculty 
adviser,  and  all  faculty  members  concerned.  Courses  dropped  within 
the  first  two  weeks  of  a  semester  do  not  appear  on  the  student's 
record.  Courses  dropped  after  the  first  two  weeks  and  before  the 
middle  of  a  semester  are  recorded  as  WP  (withdrawn  passing)  or 
WF  (withdrawn  failing).  Courses  dropped  after  the  middle  of  a 
semester  are  recorded  as  failures.  If  a  student  drops  a  course  at 
any  time  without  securing  the  required  approvals,  he  receives  an  F 
in   that  course. 


A  student  desiring  to  withdraw  from  college  within  any  term 
must  obtain  permission  from  the  Associate  Dean  and  file  a  withdrawal 
card.  No  refund  will  be  considered  unless  this  written  notice  is 
procured  and   presented  to   the   Business  Office. 

Refunds  upon  withdrawal  will  be  made  only  as  outlined  elsewhere 
in  this  catalog  under  the  heading  of  "Financial  Regulations." 

A  student  who  withdraws  from  college  with  permission  after  the 
first  two  weeks  of  a  semester  is  recorded  as  WP  (withdrawn  passing) 
or  WF  (withdrawn  failing)  in  each  course.  A  student  who  withdraws 
without   permission   receives  a   grade  of   F   in   each  course. 

Enforced  withdrawal  may  result  from  habitual  delinquency  in 
class,  or  any  other  circumstance  which  prevents  the  student  from 
fulfilling  the  purpose  for  which  he  should  have  come  to  college. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any 
student  at  any  time.  In  such  a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition 
will  be  returned,  except  that  students  withdrawing  under  discipline 
forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund  for  any  charges. 

No  student  who  withdraws  from  college  for  whatever  reason 
is  entitled  to  a  report  card  or  to  a  transcript  of  credits  until  he  has 
settled  his  account  in  the   Business  Office. 


To  remain  in  college  a  freshman  must  pass  in  the  first  semester 
six  hours  of  academic  work. 

After  the  first  half  year  a  student  must  pass  at  least  nine  hours 
of  academic  work  each  semester  to  continue   in  college. 

Furthermore,  the  maximum  number  of  semesters  a  student  may 
be  on  academic  probation  without  automatic  exclusion  is  two. 


ACADEMIC   PROCEDURES 


ADMINISTRATIVE 
REGULATIONS 

Schedule 
Changes 


Withdrawal 


Aufomat-ic 
Exclusion 


95 


Students  who  are  requested  not  to  re-enter  because  of  academic 
failure  may  petition  in  writing  for  readmission,  but  such  petition  will 
not  be  granted  unless  convincing  evidence  is  presented  that  the  failure 
was  due  to  unusual  causes  of  a  non-recurring  nature  and  that  the 
student  will  maintain  a  satisfactory  record  during  the  subsequent 
semester. 


Probation   is  defined  as  follows: 

Academic    Probation — 

Students  who  pass  enough  work  to  remain  in  college,  but  make 
in  any  semester  a  quality  index  of  less  than  1.5  will  be  placed 
on  probation.  Restricted  attendance  privileges  apply  for  all 
courses  in  which  such  students  are  enrolled. 
Students  may  be  removed  from  probation  by  making  a  2.00 
quality  point  index  during  a  regular  semester  or  during  a 
summer  session  at  Millsaps  College  in  which  the  student  is 
enrolled  for  at  least  twelve  hours  credit.  A  student  is  asked 
not  to  re-enroll  at  Millsaps  College  if  he  is  on  academic  proba- 
tion more  than  two  semesters  during  his  college  program. 

Disciplinary  Probation- 
Students  guilty  of  serious  infractions  of  the  regulations  of  the 
College  may  at  the  discretion  of  the  appropriate  dean  or  faculty 
committee  be  placed  on  disciplinary  probation.  Restricted  atten- 
dance privileges  may  apply  for  such  a  student  in  all  courses  in 
which   he   is  enrolled. 


Probation 


irregular  attendance  is  an  indication  to  the  faculty  member  that 
the  students  may  be  having  difficulties  adjusting  to  the  work  of  the 
course  or  to  college  in  general.  The  primary  responsibility  for  coun- 
seling with  students  with  respect  to  their  absence  rests  with  the 
faculty  member;  but  in  the  following  circumstances,  the  faculty 
member  is  expected  to  bring  the  student's  unsatisfactory  attendance 
record  to  the  attention  of  the  Associate   Dean: 

1 .  For  a  freshman  —  whenever  his  total  absences  are  equal  to 
twice  the  number  of  class  meetings  per  week. 

2.  For   any   student   — 

a.  When  he  has  been  absent  three  successive  class  meetings 
for   reasons   unknown   to   the   instructor. 

b.  Whenever  a  student's  absence  record  is  such  that  he  is 
in  danger  of  failing  the  course. 

This  reporting  of  absences  to  the  Associate  Dean  is  for  counseling 
purposes  only,  and  has  no  effect  on  the  student's  grade  in  the  course. 
Individual  faculty  members  decide  for  themselves  the  manner 
and  extent  to  which  absences  alone  will  affect  a  student's  grade. 
Each  faculty  member  is  expected  to  outline  his  policy  in  this  respect 
to  each  class  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  This  may  extend 
to  dismissal  from  the  course  with  a  grade  of  "F"  for  reasons  solely 
of   absence. 


Class 
Attendance 


ACADEMIC    PROCEDURES 


96 


Absences  are  excusable  only  by  the  individual  faculty  member, 
but  an  excused  absence  does  not  excuse  the  student  from  being 
responsible  for  the  course  work  that  was  presented  in  his  absence. 
Explanations  for  a  student's  absence  provided  by  a  parent,  medical 
doctor,  or  a  member  of  the  faculty  or  administration  may  be  helpful 
to  the  faculty  member,  but  such  explanations  are  not  in  themselves 
excuses.  This  is  particularly  important  in  the  case  of  absences  involv- 
ing missed  examinations,  late  assignments,  laboratory  sessions  and 
similar  scheduled  commitments.  Faculty  members,  however,  may  not 
excuse  students  from  attendance  on  the  two  days  preceding  and  the 
two  days  following  vacation  periods  without  the  express  permission 
of  the  Associate   Dean. 

Each  student  is  responsible  for  becoming  familiar  with  the 
general  attendance  policy  of  the  College  and  with  the  particular 
policies  operative  in  his  classes.  Further  elaboration  of  the  policies 
and  procedures  relating  to  attendance  are  to  be  found  in  the  student 
handbook,   MAJOR   FACTS. 


Students  may  elect  to  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  in  the 
semester  in  which  they  complete  their  comprehensive  examinations, 
but  only  in  those  courses  in  which  they  have  a  "C"  average  or  better. 
It  shall  be  understood,  however,  that  this  exemption  does  not  insure 
the  student  a  final  grade  of  C,  since  daily  grades  during  the  last  two 
weeks  shall  count  in  the  final  average.  Under  no  circumstances  may 
a  student  be  exempt  from  any  examination  in  more  than  one  term 
or  semester. 

Students  may  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  only  in  the 
semester  in  which  they  complete  their  comprehensive,  scholastic  re- 
quirements being  met. 

Seniors  may  be  allowed  one  special  examination  in  any  subject 
taken  and  failed  in  the  senior  year.  Permission  for  such  examination 
must  be  secured  from  the  Associate  Dean. 


Millsaps  students  are  expected  to  act  with  honesty  and  integrity 
in  personal,  social,  and  academic  relationships,  and  with  consideration 
and  concern  for  the  community,  its  members,  and  its  property.  The 
Board  of  Trustees  and  the  administration  affirm  the  right  of  the 
individual  to  the  privacy  of  his  room.  The  use  of  intoxicating  bev- 
erages is  not  a  part  of,  nor  does  it  contribute  to,  the  total  educational 
emphasis  of  Millsaps  College.  The  use,  possession,  or  distribution  of 
intoxicants,  narcotics,  or  dangerous  drugs,  such  as  marijuana  and 
LSD,  except  as  expressly  permitted  by  law,  is  not  permitted.  The 
Board  of  Trustees  does  not  approve  of  the  use  of  alcoholic  beverages 
on  the  Millsaps  campus.  Gambling  is  not  permitted  within  the  pre- 
cincts of  the  College. 
I 
I  A   more   comprehensive   statement    is   contained    in    the   student 

nandbook.  Specific  regulations  pertaining  to  academics,  residence  halls 
and  other  facets  of  campus  life  are  included  in  this  and  other  publi- 
cations available  through  the  Student  Affairs  Office. 


ACADEMIC  PROCEDURES 


Senior 
Exemptions 


St-udent 
Beharior 


97 


V 

Student  Life 


Millsaps  College,  as  an  institution  of  The  United  Methodist 
Church,  seeks  to  be  a  genuinely  Christian  college.  The  faculty  is 
composed  of  scholars  who  are  committed  to  religious  and  ethical 
values  and  who  strive  to  fulfill  the  highest  ideals  of  personal  devotion 
and  of  community  citizenship.  The  great  majority  of  the  students 
are  members  of  various  Christian  denominations  or  groups  whose 
purposes  and  interests  are  in  consonance  with  those  of  the  College. 
The  religious  life  of  the  College  centers  around  the  churches  of 
Jackson  and  the  campus  religious  program. 

Stimulation  and  coordination  of  the  religious  life  of  the  campus 
is  the  function  of  the  Director  of  Religious  Life  and  of  the  Committee 
on  Religious  Activities.  The  Director  of  Religious  Life  maintains  direct 
contact  with  student  religious  groups  to  encourage  and  support  their 
activities,  and  his  office  provides  religious  counseling  and  assistance 
both  to  groups  and  to  individual  students.  The  Religious  Activities 
Committee,  consisting  of  faculty  and  student  members,  attempts  to 
determine  the  religious  needs  of  the  college  community  and,  in 
cooperation  with  the  Director  of  Religious  Life,  to  provide  special 
programs  and  emphases  as  required. 

Student  religious  groups  vary  widely  and  in  recent  years  have 
tended  to  become  less  formal  and  structured  than  formerly.  Students 
desiring  the  more  structured  type  of  young  adult  programs  are  en- 
couraged to  affiliate  with  established  activities  in  local  churches  of 
their  choice.  Some  campus  groups  are  organized  along  denominational 
lines,  while  others  have  a  more  ecumenical  orientation  and  attempt 
to  provide  discussion,  study,  activities,  and  projects  which  will  appeal 
to  all  students,  whether  or  not  they  are  affiliated  with  a  specific 
church.  An  effort  is  made  to  provide  some  opportunities  for  regular 
worship  on  the  campus  for  all  students,  and  for  special  programs, 
lecturers,   and  other  activities  as  appropriate. 

The  Ministerial  League  has  provided  special  programs  and  field 
work  appropriate  to  the  needs  of  students  preparing  for  the  Christian 
ministry  or  other  full-time  religious  vocations.  The  Director  of  Town 
and  Country  Work  offers  courses  in  the  Department  of  Religion 
bearing  on  the  opportunities  and  responsibilities  of  the  parish  ministry. 
The  Director  also  works  with  those  students  holding  church  appoint- 
ments and  preparing  to  go  Into  the  active  ministry,  helping  them  to 
plan   and  organize   adequate   programs   in   their   parishes. 

All  administrators  and  faculty  members  consider  It  a  part  of 
their  responsibilities  to  counsel  with  students  about  their  religious 
life  and  problems  in  an  effort  to  help  the  student  come  to  a  mature 
interpretation  of  the  total  life  experience.  In  this  maturing  process 
the  development  of  sound  religious  and  ethical  values  and  commit- 
ment Is  considered  a  very  necessary  element. 


Millsaps  College  recognizes  that  its  responsibility  for  liberal 
education  goes  beyond  provision  of  a  curriculum  of  academic  courses 
and  credits. 

The  Millsaps  Convocation  Series  is  designed  to  offer  rich  co- 
curricular  opportunities  to  Millsaps  students  and  to  the  general  public, 
opportunities   for  awareness   and   appreciation   of  the   arts,    for   under- 


RELIGIOUS  ACTIVITIES 


RELIGIOUS 
ACTIVITIES 


CONVOCATIC 

SERIES 


100 


■ 

standing  of  the  work  of  the  various  sciences,  and  for  alertness  to  the 
intellectual  and  social  issues  which  responsible  persons  must  face 
intelligently. 

The  Series  consists  of  lectures,  plays,  movies,  readings,  concerts, 
recitals,  panels,  symposia,  open  forums,  and  other  programs  led  by 
students,  faculty,  and  visiting  lecturers,  performers,  or  public  figures. 
All  these  have  to  do  with  the  true  aim  of  liberal  education:  the 
liberation  of  the  mind  to  grasp  the  world  of  nature  and  of  human 
experience  and  action  in  all  its  richness  and  complexity,  and  to  respond 
*vith  awareness,  sensitivity,  concern,  and  mature  judgment. 


The  athletic  policy  of  Miilsaps  College  is  based  on  the  premise 
that  athletics  exist  for  the  benefit  of  the  students  and  not  primarily 
to  enhance  the  prestige  and  publicity  of  the  college. 

It  is  believed  that  competitive  sports,  conducted  in  an  atmosphere 
of  good  sportsmanship  and  fair  play,  can  make  a  significant  contribu- 
tion, in  the  same  way  as  other  student  activities,  to  the  complete 
physical,  emotional,  moral,  and  mental  development  of  the  well- 
rounded  individual  and  that  they  are  thus  an  integral  part  of  a 
program  of  liberal  education.  Toward  this  end,  an  attempt  is  made  to 
provide  a  sports-for-ail  program  and  to  encourage  as  many  students 
as  possible  to  participate  in  some  form  of  intramural  or  intercollegiate 
athletic  competition. 

The  program  for  men  includes  football,  basketball,  baseball, 
tennis,  golf,  archery,  and  track.  There  is  no  intercollegiate  program 
For  women. 

The  program  is  conducted  on  guidelines  established  by  the 
National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association  of  which  Miilsaps  College  is 
a  member. 

Those  who  participate  in  intercollegiate  athletics  are  required  to 
observe  and  maintain  the  same  academic  standards  as  other  students. 

In  scheduling  games,  preference  is  given  to  colleges  that  conduct 
an  athletic  program  on  a  basis  similar  to  that  at  Miilsaps. 

The  program  for  men  provides  competition  among  campus  or- 
ganizations in  basketball,  volleyball,  softball,  tennis,  track,  soccer, 
and  golf.  Rules  are  made  and  administered  by  the  Intramural  Council, 
composed  of  student  representatives  with  the  Intramural  Director  as 
an   ex-officio  member. 

The  program  for  women  is  administered  by  a  faculty  Director, 
assisted  by  the  Majorette  Club,  whose  student  members  head  the 
teams  that  compete  in  such  sprorts  as  badminton,  volleyball,  tennis, 
basketball,  and  softball.  Election  to  this  club  provides  recognition  for 
athletic  participation. 

The  gymnasium  provides  a  large  playing  floor  for  volleyball, 
badminton,  and  basketball.  It  has  dressing  rooms  for  all  teams,  a 
room  for  visiting  teams,  trainer's  room  complete  with  equipment  for 
injuries,  a  class  room,  and  shower  and  locker  rooms  for  students. 


ATHLETICS 


ATHLETICS 


Intercofiegiate 


Intramural 


Athletic 
Facilities 


101 


The  baseball  diamond,  separate  from  the  football  field,  is  also 
used  as  the  intramural  soccer  field.  There  are  also  softball  diamonds 
and  a  quarter-mile  track. 

Five  tennis  courts  are  situated  near  the  gymnasium. 


The  Purple  and  White  is  the  official  student  newspaper  of  the 
College,  and  its  staff  is  composed  of  individuals  interested  in  campus 
journalism.  The  PCrW  endeavors  to  provide  coverage  of  all  Millsaps 
events,  as  well  as  to  serve  as  a  forum  for  discussion  and  exploration 
of   ideas. 

Now  in  its  sixty-sixth  year,  the  Bobashela  is  the  annual  student 
publication  of  Millsaps  College,  attempting  to  give  a  comprehensive 
view  of  campus  life.  "Bobashela"  is  an   Indian  name  for  good  friend. 

Through  Stylus,  the  College  literary  magazine,  students  interested 
in  creative  writing  are  given  an  opportunity  to  see  their  work  in 
print.  The  publication  comes  out  twice  each  year  and  contains  the 
best  poetry,  short  stories,  and  essays  submitted  by  Millsaps  students. 


Open  by  audition  to  all  students,  the  Singers  represent  Millsaps 
in  public  performances,  campus  programs,  annual  tours  throughout 
the  state,  and  to  other  areas  of  our  United  States.  In  recent  years  the 
choir  has  traveled  to  Colorado;  to  Washington,  D.C.;  to  Atlanta,  to 
record  for  the  National  Protestant  Hour;  and  to  Mexico.  The  choir 
has  sung  with  the  Memphis  Symphony  Orchestra  three  times,  the 
Jackson  Symphony,  the  Chicago  Chamber  Orchestra,  and  the  New 
Orleans  Philharmonic.  In  1969  Dave  Brubeck  appeared  with  the 
choir  for  performances  both  here  and  in  Atlanta  for  the  Southeast 
Choral  Conductors  Convention.  Last  year  the  choir  performed  with 
the  Jackson  Symphony  Orchestra  in  the  regular  concert  season.  Mem- 
bership earns  two  semester  hour  of  extracurricular  credit  for  the 
year's   work. 


The  Troubadours  represent  Millsaps  College  locally,  throughout 
Mississippi,  the  South,  and  frequently  abroad.  In  1964  they  toured 
military  installations  in  Germany  and  France  for  eight  weeks.  In  1967 
they  were  featured  in  a  concert  with  the  Memphis  Symphony  Orches- 
tra. During  that  summer  they  went  to  the  Caribbean  Command,  per- 
forming for  the  Armed  Forces  under  the  auspices-  of  the  USO.  In 
1  969,  they  returned  to  Europe  for  eight  weeks,  with  programs  sche- 
duled in  Germany,  Holland,  and  Belgium.  In  1970,  they  performed 
at  U.  S.  bases  in  Greenland,  Labrador,  and  Newfoundland,  in  the 
summer  of  1971  they  toured  Germany,  Italy,  Holland  and  Belgium 
for  eight  weeks  on  their  third   USO  tour  to  Europe. 

Fourteen  students  comprise  the  singing  group  and  present  a 
variety  program  of  popular,  folk,  and  semi-classical  music,  in  a 
lively,  fast-moving  show  that  uses  choreography  and  is  accompanied 
by   piano,    percussion,    and   bass. 


PUBLrCATIONS/PERFORMING  GROUPS 


PUBLICATIONS 


MUSIC  AND 
DRAMA 

The  Millsaps 
Singers 


Troubadours 


102 


The  dramatic  club  of  the  College  is  The  Milisaps  Players,  which 
presents  four  three-act  plays  each  year.  Major  productions  of  recent 
years  include  "The  American  Dream,"  "The  Sea  Gull,"  "The  Three- 
penny Opera,"  "My  Fair  Lady,"  "Julius  Caesar,"  "Camelot,"  "Romeo 
and  Juliet,"  "Medea,"  "Becket,"  "Androcles  and  the  Lion,"  "The 
Zoo  Story,"  "Camino  Real,"  "Macbeth,"  "Luther,"  "Oliver!"  "Anti- 
gone," and   "The   Lion   in  Winter." 

Membership  in  The  Players  is  open  to  all  students,  and  effective 
participation  in  the  productions  earns  one  extracurricular  credit  each 
semester. 

The  Milisaps  Student  Association  is  governed  by  the  Student 
Senate  and  officers  elected  by  the  student  body.  The  president,  vice- 
president,  secretary,  and  treasurer  are  elected  annually  from  the  stu- 
dent body.  Members  of  the  Student  Senate  are  chosen  by  the  groups 
which    they   represent. 

Meetings  of  the  Student  Senate  are  held  weekly,  with  other 
meetings  called  when  the  student  body  president  considers  them 
necessary.  All  members  of  the  student  body  automatically  become 
members  of  the  Student  Association. 

The  duties  and  functions  of  the  Student  Senate  are  to  act  in 
the  administration  of  student  affairs,  to  cooperate  with  the  adminis- 
tration in  the  orientation  program  of  the  college,  to  apportion  the 
student  activities  fee,  to  maintain  understanding  between  students  and 
faculty,  and  to  work  for  the  benefit  of  the  student  body  and  for 
the  progress  of  the  College. 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  is  an  honorary  pre-medical  fraternity, 
founded  at  the  University  of  Alabama  in  1926.  Its  purpose  is  to  pro- 
mote the  interests  of  pre-medical  students.  Leadership,  scholarship, 
expertness,  character,  and  personality  are  the  qualities  by  which  stu- 
dents are  judged  for  membership.  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  strives  to 
bridge  the  gap  between   pre-medical  and  medical   schools. 

Alpha  Psi  Omega,  a  national  honorary  dramatic  fraternity,  recog- 
nizes members  of  the  Milisaps  Players  for  their  effective  participation 
in  acting,  directing,  make-up,  stage  management,  costuming,  lighting, 
or  publicity.  Each  year  the  name  of  the  outstanding  graduating  senior 
member  of  the  organization  is  engraved  on  a  trophy,  which  is  kept 
in    the   college    trophy   case. 

Beta  Beta  Beta,  established  at  Milisaps  in  1968,  is  a  national 
honor  fraternity  for  students  in  the  biological  sciences.  Its  purposes 
are  to  stimulate  sound  scholarship,  to  promote  the  dissemination  of 
scientific  truth,  and  to  encourage  investigation  of  the  life  sciences. 
Monthly  meetings  are  held  to  discuss  new  ideas,  research,  and  other 
material  pertinent  to  biology  and  related  sciences.  Activities  include 
off-campus  field  trips  and  the  invitation  of  nationally  prominent 
lecturers  to  the  campus. 

Chi  Chi  Chi  membership  is  earned  through  outstanding  scholar- 
ship in  the  study  of  chemistry.  The  organization  promotes  the  interest 
of  chemistry  students  by  sponsoring  numerous  visiting  lecturers,  and 
by  providing  assistance   to  the   Chemistry   Department  when   needed. 

STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 


The   Milisaps 
Players 


STUDENT 
ORGANIZATIONS 

Studenf- 
Association 


Honor 
Societies 


103 


Chi  Delta  is  a  local  honorary  literary  society  fostering  creative 
writing  among  the  women  students  at  Millsaps.  Membership  includes 
women  members  of  the  faculty  and  student  body  who  are  interested 
in   writing. 

Eta  Sigma,  scholastic  honorary,  was  founded  at  Millsaps  during 
the  1920's  but  became  dormant  toward  the  end  of  World  War  II 
because  of  limited  civilian  enrollment.  Eta  Sigma  was  re-e;tablished 
on  Millsaps  campus  in  1  957. 

Eta  Sigma  Phi  is  a  national  honor  fraternity,  recognizing  ability 
in  classical  studies.  Alpha  Phi,  the  Millsaps  chapter,  was  founded  in 
December,  1935. 

Gamma  Gamma  is  a  Greek  leadership  honorary  established  at 
Millsaps  College  in  1965.  its  purpose  is  to  recognize  and  to  en- 
courage meritorious  service  to  the  Greek  system  and  to  the  College. 
Gamma  Gamma  seeks  improved  and  more  harmonious  relations  among 
the  fraternal  organizations  and  also  between  the  fraternal  system  and 
the  entire  College  community. 

Kappa  Delta  Epsilon,  a  professional  education  sorority,  promotes 
the  cause  of  education  by  fostering  high  scholastic  standing  and 
professional  ideals  among  those  preparing  for  the  teaching  profession. 

Kit  Kat  is  a  literary  fraternity  with  a  selected  membership  of 
men  students  and  faculty  members  who  have  literary  ambition  and 
ability.  Programs  consist  of  original  papers  read  by  the  members  and 
criticized  by  the  group. 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a  men's  leadership  society  with  chapters 
in  principal  colleges  and  universities.  Pi  Circle  at  Millsaps  brings 
together  members  of  the  student  body  and  faculty  interested  in 
campus  activities,  together  with  a  limited  number  of  alumni  and 
supporters  who  plan  for  the  betterment  of  the  College.  Membership 
in  Omicron  Delta  Kappa   is  a  distinct  honor. 

Pi  Delta  Phi  is  a  national  French  honor  society  which  recognizes 
attainment  and  scholarship  in  the  study  of  the  French  language  and 
literature.  Its  purpose  is  to  honor  those  students  having  earned  a 
minimum  of  eighteen  semester  hours  in  French,  and  who  have  a 
high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects.  Honorary  members  are  chosen 
from  among  the  faculty,  alumni,  and  townspeople  who  have  special 
interest   in   the    activities   of   this   organization. 

Pi  Kappa  Delta  is  a  national  honorary  which  recognizes  those 
who  have  distinguished  themselves  in  intercollegiate  debate  and 
forensic  activity. 

Psi  Delta  Chi  is  a  local  honorary  recognizing  both  interest  and 
ability  in  the  social  sciences.  Although  honorary  status  is  reserved  for 
students  of  demonstrated  ability,  active  membership  is  open  to  all 
interested  students. 


STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 


104 


Schiller  Gesellschaft  was  founded  in  order  to  give  recognition  to 
those  students  who  have  shown  excellence  in  the  study  of  German 
and  in  order  to  provide  a  forum  for  the  study  of  all  aspects  of 
German  civilization. 

Sigma  Delta  Pi,  the  international  Spanish  honorary,  was  estab- 
lished at  Millsaps  College  on  February  24,  1968.  This  honor  society 
recognizes  attainment  and  scholarship  in  the  study  of  the  Spanish 
language  and  literature.  Membership  is  open  to  students  with  a  high 
scholastic  average  in  all  subjects  who  also  possess  at  least  a  "B" 
average  in  Spanish.  Membership  is  limited  to  those  having  at  least 
three  college  years  of  Spanish  including  a  minimum  of  three  hours 
of  literature. 

Sigma  Lambda  membership  is  the  highest  honor  a  Millsaps 
woman  can  receive.  To  be  considered  for  membership,  a  woman  must 
be  of  junior  standing,  must  have  a  2.8  over-all  point  index,  and 
must  have  exhibited  qualities  of  leadership,  character,  and  service  to 
the  college  community.  The  present  group  has  petitioned  Mortar 
Board,    a   national    leadership    honorary,    for   membership. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  membership  is  offered  to  second  semester 
sophomores,  juniors,  and  seniors  who  are  majoring  in  one  of  the 
natural  sciences  and  who  fulfill  certain  specified  qualifications.  The 
purpose  is  furthering  general  interest  in  the  sciences. 


■  There  are  four  fraternities  and  four  sororities  at  Millsaps.  The 
fraternities  and  sororities  are  all  members  of  well-established  national 
Greek-letter  organizations. 

The  sororities  are  Chi  Omega,  Kappa  Delta, 
Phi  Mu,  and  Zeta  Tau  Alpha. 

The  fraternities  are  Kappa  Alpha,   Kappa  Sigma, 
Lambda  Chi  Alpha,  and  Pi  Kappa  Alpha. 

Policies  governing  sorority  and  fraternity  life  are  formulated 
through  the  Panhellenic  Council  and  the  Interfraternity  Council  in 
cooperation  with  the  Committee  on  Social  Organizations. 

Fraternities  and  sororities  select  students  for  membership  during 
a  week  of  school  known  as  Rush  Week.  At  the  end  of  Rush  Week 
these  organizations  offer  "bids"  to  the  students  whom  they  have 
selected.  Eligibility  for  membership  in  sororities  and  fraternities  is 
governed  by  the  following  regulations: 

A.      General   Conditions 

1.  Only  bona  fide  regular  students  (carrying  at  least  12  academic 
hours)    may  be   pledged   to    a    sorority   or    fraternity. 

I.  A  student  may  not  be  pledged  to  a  fraternity  or  sorority  until 
his  official  registration  for  classes  has  been  cleared  by  the 
Registrar's   Office. 


STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 


FRATERNITIES 
AND  SORORITIES 


105 


3.  Each  social  organization  shall  secure  a  letter  of  scholastic 
eligibility  of  its  prospective  initiates  from  the  Registrar  prior 
to  the  initiation  ceremonies. 

4.  Only  persons  who  are  bona  fide  students  at  Millsaps  at  initiation 
time  can  be  initiated  into  a  sorority  or  fraternity,  except  by 
permission  of  the  Social  Organizations  Committee. 

B.      Scholastic    Requirements 

1.  To  be  eligible  for  initiation  into  a  sorority  or  fraternity,  a 
student  must  have  earned  in  his  most  recent  semester  of  resi- 
dence as  many  as  twenty-four  quality  points,  and  in  the  same 
semester  as  many  as  twelve  semester  hours  of  academic  credit, 
and   must  not  have  fallen   below  D   in  more  than  one  subject. 

2.  A  student  who  drops  a  course  after  the  end  of  the  half  semester 
shall  receive  an  F  for  sorority  or  fraternity  purposes  as  well  as 
for  academic  averages. 

3.  The  two  terms  of  summer  school  combined  shall  count  as  one 
semester  for  sorority  or  fraternity  purposes. 


Deutscher  Verein  was  founded  in  order  to  provide  an  organiza- 
tion for  the  informal  study  of  various  aspects  of  German  and  Austrian 
cultural  life.  At  Christmas  the  annual  "Weihnachtsfest"  has  already 
become  a  campus  tradition. 

The  Millsaps  Black  Students  Association  is  designed  to  stimulate 
and  improve  the  social  and  academic  atmosphere  for  Black  students 
at  Millsaps  College.  It  invites  the  active  participation  of  all  Black 
students  on  the  campus. 

The  Millsaps  Circle  K  Club  is  a  service  organization  jointly 
sponsored  by  the  College  administration  and  the  Jackson  Downtown 
Kiwanis  Club.  With  membership  open  upon  petition  to  all  interested 
and  qualified  male  students,  Circle  K  is  active  both  on  the  campus 
and  in  the  community.  Various  service  projects  are  sponsored  to 
promote  cultural,  social,  and  individual  enrichment,  as  well  as  the 
development  of  responsible  leadership. 


The  Founder's  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  senior  who  has 
the  highest  quality  index  for  his  entire  college  course  and  has  received 
a  grade  of  Excellent  on  his  comprehensive  examination.  Only  students 
who  have  done  at  Millsaps  College  all  the  work  required  for  the 
degree  are  eligible  for  this  award. 

The  Bourgeois  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  freshman,  sopho- 
more, or  junior  who  has  the  highest  quality  index  for  the  year.  Such 
student  must  be  a  candidate  for  a  degree,  and  must  have  taken  a 
minimum  of  thirty  semester  hours  of  college  work  during  the  year 
in  which  the  medal  is  awarded  to  him.  No  student  can  win  this 
medal  a  second   time. 


MEDALS  AND  PRIZES 


ACTIVITY 
GROUPS 


MEDALS 
AND  PRIZES 


106 


The  John  C,  Carter  Medal  for  Oratory  is  awarded  annually  to  the 
student  who  presents  the  best  original  oration  in  the  oratical  contest. 
This  contest,  open  to  men  and  women  students,  is  held  in  December 
Df  each  year. 

The  Clark  Essay  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  that  student  who 
presents  the  best  and  most  original  paper  in  an  English  elective  course 
in  Millsaps  College. 

The  Buie  Medal  for  Declamation,  open  to  freshmen  and  sopho- 
mores, cannot  be  awarded  to  any  student  more  than  once.  The  contest 
for  this  medal   is   held  at  Commencement   each   year. 

Chi  Omega  Award.  Chi  Omega  sorority,  seeking  to  further  the 
interest  of  women  in  the  social  sciences,  presents  an  award  of  $25.00 
to  the  girl  having  the  highest  average  for  the  year  in  the  field  of 
history,  political  science,  psychology,  sociology,  economics,  or  other 
courses   in  the  social  sciences. 

^  The  Charles  Betts  Galloway  Award  for  the  best  sermon  preached 
by  a  ministerial  student  of  Millsaps  College  is  presented  on  Com- 
mencement Sunday.  This  annual  award,  established  by  the  Galloway 
family  in  honor  of  the  late   Bishop  Galloway,   is  a  medal. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  awards  annually  a  certificate  to  the  member 
of  the  graduating  class  who  has  done  outstanding  work  in  the  natural 
sciences. 

The  Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award,  The  Millsaps  Players  Acting 
Awards,  the  Jackson  Little  Theatre  Award,  and  The  Mitchell  Award 

are  given  each  year  to  those  students  who  are  outstanding  in  dra- 
matics. 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Alpha  Epsilon 
Delta,  a  national  society  for  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students, 
awards  annually  a  certificate  of  merit  to  the  most  outstanding  member 
of  the  society  in  the  graduating  class. 

General  Chemistry  Award.  The  Chemistry  Department  presents 
annually  to  the  student  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  General 
Chemistry    a    handbook    of    chemistry    and    physics. 

The  Albeit  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  French  was  established  in 
1958  in  honor  of  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders,  Emeritus  Professor  of 
Romance  Languages,  who  retired  as  Chairman  of  that  department  in 
1956.  This  award  is  given  to  a  student  in  Intermediate  French  on 
the  basis  of  academic  excellence  in  the  language  and  for  general 
interest  and  contributions  in  the  dissemination  of  French  culture  and 
civilization.  The  award  is  intended  to  encourage  students  on  the 
intermediate  level  to  continue  their  studies  in  the  field  of  French 
literature,  and  it  carries  with  its  honor  a  certificate  of  excellence 
and  a  handsome  volume,  devoted  to  some  aspect  of  French  culture, 
donated  by  the  Cultural  Services  of  the  French  Embassy  in  New  York. 

MEDALS  AND  PRIZES 


107 


The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish  has  the  same 
purpose  and  qualifications  for  the  student  in  Intermediate  Spanish 
as  the  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  French  has  for  students  of  that  lan- 
guage. The  award,  in  addition  to  the  honor  conferred,  consists  of  a 
certificate  of  excellence  and  a  handsome  volume  devoted  to  some 
aspect  of  Spanish  culture. 

The  West  Tatum  Award  is  made  annually  to  the  outstanding 
pre-medica!  student  selected  by  the  faculty.  The  award  is  given 
anonymously  by  an  alumnus  of  the  College  as  a  memorial  to  the 
late  W.  0.  Tatum,  who  was  for  many  years  a  member  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees  of  the  College. 

Awards  in  German.  Each  year,  through  the  generosity  of  the 
West  German  Federal  Republic  and  the  Republic  of  Austria,  the  De- 
partment of  German  presents  appropriate  book  prizes  to  students 
showing  excellence  in  the  German  language  and  literature. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  Prize.  The  Schiller  Gesellschaft  offers  an 
award  annually  to  the  graduating  senior  who  has  distinguished  himself 
in  the  study  of  German  at  Millsaps. 

The  Deutscher  Verein  Award  is  made  to  a  member  of  this  or- 
ganization for  his  or  her  outstanding  contribution  during  the  current 
school  year. 

The  Henry  and  Katherine  Bellamann  Award  in  the  Creative  Arts 

is  a  cash  award  derived  from  the  income  each  year  from  a  $3000.00 
grant  given  to  Millsaps  College  in  1963  by  the  Henry  Bellamann 
Memorial  Foundation  and  is  intended  to  recognize  the  achievements 
of  the  student  doing  the  most  outstanding  work  in  one  of  the  creative 
arts  —  in  writing,   in  composing,  or  in  one  of  the  graphic  arts. 

The  Wall  Street  Journal  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Wail 
Street  Journal  of  New  York  to  the  outstanding  senior  student  major- 
ing in  the  field  of  Economics  and  Business  Administration. 

The  Freshman  Mathematics  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  De- 
partment of  Mathematics  of  Millsaps  College  to  the  most  outstanding 
freshman  in  the  field  of  mathematics.  The  winner  is  chosen  on  the 
basis  of  grades  in  freshman  mathematics  and  the  score  on  the  place- 
ment tests  given  to  those  who  have  the  grade  of  A  in  both  courses. 

The  Mathematics  Major  Award  is  made  annually  to  three  majors 
who  show  promise  in  the  field  of  mathematics.  Each  recipient  is  given 
a  year's  membership  in  the  American  Mathematical  Society. 

The  Biology  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  an- 
nually an  outstanding  member  of  the  graduating  class  whose  major  is 
biology. 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Award  is  made  to  the  student  with  the  highest 
scholastic  average  in  second  year  Latin. 


MEDA.LS  AND  PRIZES 


108 


The  General  Physics  Award.  The  Physics  department  presents 
annually  to  the  two  students  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in 
Senerai  Physics  copies  of  the  "Handbook  of   Physics  and  Chemistry." 

The  Pendergrass  Medal  is  awarded  at  Commencement  to  the 
-nost  outstanding  senior  student  who  plans  to  enter  the  pastoral 
■ninistry  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  and  to  enter  seminary  to 
prepare  for  this  responsibility.  This  award  was  established  by  a  donor 
in  honor  of  Bishop  Edward  J.  Pendergrass,  and  is  given  on  the  basis 
Df  scholastic  competence,  leadership,  and  promise  of  future  usefulness 
and  dedication. 

The  Chi  Chi  Chi  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Chi  Chi  Chi,  a 
chemistry  honorary,  each  year  gives  an  award  to  the  most  outstanding 
graduating  senior  in  the  field  of  chemistry. 

Economics  and  Business  Administration  Awards.  The  Depart- 
■nent  has  established  three  Outstanding  Student  Awards  to  be  pre- 
sented each  year^  one  in  each  of  the  major  fields.  The  award  in 
=ach  case  is  based  upon  outstanding  achievement  in  1 5  hours  of 
selected  courses  in  the  respective  major  and  upon  the  percentile 
score  achieved  on  the  objective  portion  of  the  comprehensive  exam 
Drogram. 

The  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award.  The  Political  Science 
Department  established  the  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award  to  be 
given  to  the  most  outstanding  senior  graduating  in  Political  Science 
ivho  has  demonstrated  qualities  of  excellence  in  his  academic  career, 
personal  integrity,  and  commitment  to  the  highest  ideals  of  the 
Dublic  good   in  a  democratic  society. 

The  American  Bible  Society  Award.  This  award,  a  copy  of  the 
Jnited  Bible  Societies'  Greek/English  Wide  Margin  Loose-Leaf  New 
Testament,  is  presented  to  a  student  nominated  by  the  faculty  of  the 
Department  of  Religion  for  excellence  in  achievement  in  studies  in 
the  field  of  Religion. 

The  Mississippi   Society  of  Certified   Public  Accountants'  Award. 

The  Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  has  recognized 
the  program  of  study  in  accountancy  at  Millsaps  as  satisfying  its 
requirements  for  recognition,  by  making  available  an  award,  a  specially 
designed  medal,  which  is  to  be  presented  to  the  student  majoring 
in  accountancy  who  has  shown  superior  achievement  in  his  accounting 
:ourses. 

Analytical  Chemistry  Award.  This  award  is  sponsored  each  year 
Dy  the  Millsaps  College  Department  of  Chemistry  and  the  American 
Zhemical  Society,  Division  of  Analytical  Chemistry,  and  is  awarded 
to  the  most  outstanding  undergraduate  in  Analytical  Chemistry. 

The  C.  Wright  Mills  Award  in  Sociology.  This  award  is  given 
each  year  to  the  senior  sociology  major  who  achieves  the  highest 
score  on  the  standardized  national  examinations  in  sociology. 


MEDALS  AND  PRIZES 


109 


VI 

Register 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


OFFICERS 

James   B.  Campbell Chairman 

E.  J.  Pendergrass Vice  Chairman 

James  T.  McCafferty Secretary 

W.  M.  Buie Treasurer 


REGULAR  TRUSTEES 
Term    Expires   in    1971 

Norman   U.    Boone    Jackson 

James  T.  McCafferty New  Albany 

Jesse  E.  Brent Greenville 

Hyman   F.   McCarty    Magee 

Mike  P.  Sturdivant Glendora 

Term    Expires   in    1 974 

Bianton   Doggett    Greenville 

G.  H.  Holioman Greenwood 

G.  Eliot  Jones Laurel 

J.   D.   Slay Heidelberg 

E.  H.  Bacot Pascagoula 

John  Egger Meridian 

C.  M.  Murry Oxford 

Jack  Reed    Tupelo 

Term    Expires   in    1977 

J.  Wiliard  Leggett,   III    Vicksburg 

George  B.  Pickett Jackson 

Edward  E.  Woodall,  Jr Grenada 


SPECIAL  TRUSTEES 
Term    Expires   in    1 972 

Mrs.  Lula  Anderson Gulfport 

W.  F.  Appleby Tupelo 

J.  Oliver  Emmerich McComb 

Robert  L.  Ezelle Jackson 

Alan  R.  Holmes South  Orange,  N.  J. 

Robert  O.   May Greenville 

John  M.  Tatum    Hattiesburg 

Term    Expires    in    1 975 

Fred  Adams,  Jr Jackson 

G.  C.  Cortright Rolling   Fork 

Morris   Lewis,  Jr Indianola 

David  A.  Mcintosh    Meridian 

W.  H.  Mounger Jackson 

N.   S.   Rogers    Houston,  Tex. 

Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr Jackson 

]  1  2  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


FACULTY   REPRESENTATIVE 

Ross  H.  Moore Jackson 

COLLEGE  ATTORNEY 

W.  F.  Goodman,  Jr Jackson 

TRUSTEES   EMERITI 

Roy  Boggan Tupelo 

Fred  B.  Smith Ripley 

Ben  M.  Stevens,  Sr Richton 


I 


STANDING  COMMITTEES  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

1971-72 


Academic  Committee:  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  Chairman;  Garland  H.  Holloman,  Alan  R. 
Holmes,  G.  Eliot  Jones,  Morris  Lewis,  Jr.,  Ross  Moore,  C.  M.  Murry,  Edward  M. 
Collins,   Jr. 

Audit  Committee:  Jesse  E.  Brent,  Chairman;  Blanton  Doggett,  J.  D.  Slay,  Edward  M. 
Collins,   Jr. 

Buildings  and  Grounds  Committee:  Robert  L.  Ezelle,  Chairman;  Fred  Adams,  Jr.,  W.  F. 
Appleby,  George  B.  Pickett,  Sr.,  J.   D.  Slay,  Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 

Executive  Committee:  J.  B.  Campbell,  Chairman;  Jesse  E.  Brent,  W.  M.  Buie,  John 
Egger,  Garland  Holloman,  W.  H.  Mounger,  E.  J.  Pendergrass,  Jack  Reed,  N.  S. 
Rogers,  Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 

External  Affairs  Committee:  J.  Oliver  Emmerich,  Chairman;  Mrs.  Lula  Vassar  Anderson, 
Blanton  Doggett,  John  Egger,  Robert  0.  May,  David  A.  Mcintosh,  Edward  M. 
Collins,   Jr. 

Finance  Committee:  William  H.  Mounger,  Chairman;  E.  H.  Bacot,  Jesse  E.  Brent,  Webb 
Buie,  James  B.  Campbell,  G.  Cauley  Cortright,  James  T.  McCafferty,  E.  J.  Render- 
grass,  Jack  Reed,   Nat  S.   Rogers,  John  M.  Tatum,   Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 

Long  Range  Development  Committee:  W.  Merle  Mann,  Chairman;  Joe  N.  Bailey,  Jr., 
G.  Cauley  Cortright,  Mrs.  Crawford  Enochs,  W.  F.  Goodman,  Jr.,  Robert  M.  Hearin, 
J.  Herman  Hines,  Joe  T.  Humphries,  J.  W.  Leggett,  Jr.,  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  C.  M. 
Murry,  C.  R.  Ridgway,  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  Ben  M.  Stevens,  Sr.,  Mike  P.  Sturdivant, 
Thomas  R.  Ward,  Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 

Student  Affairs  Committee:  Mike  P.  Sturdivant,  Chairman;  Norman  U.  Boone,  J.  Wil- 
lard  Leggett,  III,  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  Edward  E.  Woodall,  Jr.,  Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 


^ 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES  1  1  3 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  ADMINISTRATION 

EDWARD  M.  COLLINS,  JR A.B.,  B.D.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

President 

J.  HARVEY  SAUNDERS A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Dean  of  the   Faculty 


JOHN  C.  OLIVER A.B. 

Director  of  Development  and  Public  Relations 

J.  WALTON  LIPSCOMB,   III    B.S.,  CPA 

Controller  and  Assistant  Treasurer 


DAVID  W.    BOYDSTUN 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 


Director  of  Data  Processing  Office 


JOHN  H.  CHRISTMAS    B.S.,  A.M. 

Director  of  Admissions 

PAUL  DOUGLAS  HARDIN   A.B.,  A.M. 

Associate  Dean  and  Registrar 

JAMES  J.  LIVESAY    A.B. 

Director  of  Alumni  and  Church  Relations 

JANE  ROSSON    A.B. 

Dean  of  Women 

RICHARD  D.  WILCOX    B.S. 

Director  of  Public  Information 

JAMES  W.  WOOD A.B.,  B.S. 

Director  of  Services 

JACK  L.  WOODWARD A.B.,  B.D. 

Dean  of  Men  and  Director  of  Financial  Aid 


114  THE  ADMINISTRATION 


THE  COLLEGE  FACULTY 

EMERITUS  FACULTY 

ELIZABETH  CRAIG  (1926)    Emerita  Professor  of  French 

A.B.,  Barnard  College,  Columbia  University;  A.M.,  Columbia  University; 

Diplome  de  la  Sorbonne,  Ecole  de  preparation  des  professeurs  de  francais 

a  I'etranger,  Faculte  des  Lettres,  Universite  de  Paris;  Advanced  Graduate 

Work,  Columbia  University;  Palmes  Academiques 

MARGUERITE  WATKINS  GOODMAN    (1935)    Emerita  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Agnes  Scott  College;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

ALBERT  GODFREY  SANDERS   (1919)    Librarian  Emeritus 

A.B.,  Southwestern  (Texas);  A.B.,  Yale  University;  Rhodes  Scholar, 
1907-1910;  A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Oxford;  L.H.D.,  Millsaps  College 

THURSTON  WALLS   ( 1  957)    Emeritus  Professor  of  Economics 

and   Business  Administration 
A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Texas;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

FACULTY 

(The  year  in  parentheses  after  each  name  indicates  the 
first  year  of  service  at  Millsaps  College) 

JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS   (1965)    Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science 

A.B.,  Rice  University;  M.A.,  Texas  Western  College;  LL.B.,  University  of  Texas; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

ROBERT  E.  ANDING    (1952)     Associate  Professor  of  Religion 

Director  of  Town   and  Country  Work 
A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Emory  University;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  Mississippi  State  University 

McCARRELL  L.  AYERS   (1965)    Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  Indiana  University 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ   (1966)    Professor  of  Economics  and  Administration 

A.A.,  Belleville  Jr.  College;  B.B.A.,  M.S.,  Baylor  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

*HOWARD  GREGORY  BAVENDER    (1966)     Associate  Professor  of 

Political  Science 
A.B.,  College  of  Idaho;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin;  Post  Graduate 
Work,  University  of  Texas,  University  of  Massachusetts 

RONDAL  EDWARD  BELL  (1960)    Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  William  Jewell  College;  M.S.,  University  of  New  Mexico;  Advanced 

Graduate  Work,  University  of  New  Mexico,  University  of  Colorado; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

ROBERT  EDWARD  BERGMARK   (1953)    Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Emory  University;  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.    (1962)    Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 


ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.   (1967)    Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Houston 

«0n  Leave,  1 97 1  -72 

THE  FACULTY  1  1  5 


LOIS  TAYLOR  BLACKWELL   (1963)    Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN    (1969)     Instructor,  Assistant  Librarian 

A.B.,  Belhaven  College;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

GEORGE  WILSON  BOYD   (1959)    Milton  Christian  White  Professor 

of   English   Literature 
A.B.,  Murray  State  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN   (1960)    Associate  Professor  of 

Romance   Languages 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Texas  Technological  College;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
Tulane  University;  Diploma  de  Estudios  Hispanicos 

de  la  Universidad  de  Madrid  j 

C.  LELAND  BYLER   ( 1  959)    Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Goshen  College;  M.M.,  Northwestern  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
University  of  Michigan,  University  of  Colorado 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN    ( 1  960)     Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  A.M.,  Duke  University;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

MICKEY  KENNETH  CLAMP  IT    (1969)     Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Northwestern  University;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER    (1967)     Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  Graduate  Work,  University  of  North  Carolina, 

Uppsala  University  (Sweden),  University  of  Hawaii;  M.S.T.,  Illinois 

Institute  of  Technology 

EDWARD  M.  COLLINS,  JR.    ( 1  970)    Professor  of  Speech 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Emory  University;  M.A.,  Southern  University  of  Iowa; 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

1 

HOWARD  L.  CORDER   (1970)    Instructor  of  Physical  Education;' 

Basketball   Coach 
A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Kentucky 

MAGNOLIA  COULLET   (1927)    Professor  of  Ancient  Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Graduate  Work, 

American  Academy  in  Rome,  University  of  Chicago;  B.M.,  Belhaven  College; 

Graduate  Work  in  Voice,  Bordeaux,  France;  A.M.    (German),  University  of 

Mississippi;  Advanced  Study,  Goethe  Institute,  Germany 

DOUGLAS  W.  DAVIS    (1971  )     Associate  Professor  of  Speech 

A.B.,  Delta  State  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Honolulu;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University 

J.  HARPER  DAVIS    (1964)     Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Head   Football   Coach 
B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
Mississippi  State  University 

MARY  ANN  EDGE    (1958)     Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi  ■ 

GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL   (1967)     Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

CHARLES  BETTS  GALLOWAY    (1939)     Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Duke  University 

1  16  THE   FACULTY  . 


LANCE  GOSS   ( 1  950)     Professor  of  Speech; 

Director   of  The   Millsaps   Players 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Northwestern  University; 

Special  Study,  The  Manhattan  Theatre  Colony;  Summer  Theatre,  The  Ogunquit 

Playhouse  and  the  Belfry  Theatre;  Cinema  Workshop, 

The  University  of  Southern  California 

JOHN  L.  GUEST   (1957)    Associate  Professor  of  German 

A.B.,  University  of  Texas;  A.M.,  Columbia  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 

New  York  University;  Ottendorfer  Fellowship  in  Germanic  Philology, 

Bonn  University;  Fullbright  Scholarship,  University  of  Vienna 

PAUL  DOUGLAS  HARDIN    (1946)    Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Duke  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
University  of  Southern  California 

NELLIE  KHAYAT  HEDERI    (1952)    Associate  Professor  of  Spanish 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

DANIEL  G.   HISE    (1969)     Instructor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley;  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Tulane  University 

THOMAS  MICHAEL  HOLT   ( 1  970)    Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Manhattan  School  of  Music;  M.M.,  Manhattan  School  of  Music 

WENDELL  B.  JOHNSON   (1954)    Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College;  Graduate  Work,  Missouri  School  of 
Mines,  University  of  Missouri 

MARSHALL  THEODORE  KEYS   ( 1  970)     Instructor  in  English 

A.B.,  Rutgers;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University 

DONALD  D.  KILMER   (1960)    Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Indiana  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Union  Theological  Seminary, 
University  of  Kansas,  University  of  Illinois 

SAMUEL  ROSCOE  KNOX   ( 1  949)    Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell 

Professor  of   Mathematics 
A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

FRANK  MILLER  LANEY,  JR.    (1953)    Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  University  of  Mississippi;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY    (1956)     Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Miami   (Florida);  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

THOMAS  WILEY  LEWIS,  III   (1959)    Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Drew  University 

HERMAN  L.  McKENZIE   (1963)    Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

JAMES  PRESTON  McKEOWN    (1962)     Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  University  of  the  South;  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi; 
Ph.D.,  Mississippi  State  University 

JAMES  MARION  MARBLE    (1971  )     Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Advanced  Graduate 
Study,  Mississippi  State  University 

MYRTIS  FLOWERS  MEADERS    (1960)    Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

THE  FACULTY  1 17 


LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS   (1969)    Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Newcomb  College;  M.A.,  The  University  of  Mississippi 

MICHAEL  H.  MITIAS   (1967)    Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Union  College;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Missouri; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Waterloo 

JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY   (1959)    Professor  and  Director  of 

Physical    Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  A.M.,  George  Peabody  College  for 
Teachers;  Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE   (1968)    Instructor,  Assistant  to  the  Librarian 

A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College;  A.M.,  Radcliffe  College 

ROBERT  EDGAR  MOORE   ( 1  960)    Professor  of  Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Alabama; 
Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

ROSS  HENDERSON  MOORE   ( 1  923)    Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

MILDRED  LILLIAN  MOREHEAD    (1947)    Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

ROBERT  B.  NEVINS   (1967)    Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  Washington  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri;  Advanced 
Graduate  Work,  University  of  Missouri 

ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT    (1960)    Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Texas  Christian  University;  A.M.,  Vanderbilt  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
Vanderbilt  University;  Fulbright  Scholarship,  Universite  de  Clermont-Ferrand 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.    ( 1  969)    Librarian 

A.B.,  Mississippi  College;  M.L.S.,  Peabody  College 

CARL  0.  PENNY   (1969)    Instructor  of  Romance  Languages 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Louisiana  State  University;  Advanced 
Graduate  Work,  University  of  North  Carolina 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI    (1965)    Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

RICHARD  R.  PRIDDY   ( 1  946)    Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  Ohio  Northern  University;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

THOMAS  L.  RANAGER    (1964)     Instructor  of  Physical  Education; 

Assistant   Football   Coach 
B.S.,  Mississippi  State  University 

LEE  H.  REIFF   ( 1  960)    Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

REBECCA  McCORMICK  RICE    (1965)     Assistant  Professor,  Assistant  Librarian 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  M.L.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

ARNOLD  A.   RITCHIE    (1952)     Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Northeastern  State  College  of  Oklahoma;  M.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College; 
Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College,  University  of  Tennessee 

1  1  8  THE  FACULTY 


PETER  CAMPBELL  ROWE   (1971  )    Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Sc,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Birmingham,  England 

WILLIAM  D.  ROWELL   (1968)    Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Memphis  Academy  of  Arts;  M.F.A.,  The  University  of  Mississippi 

ANNE  BARRON  SAFLEY   (1970)    Instructor,  Reference  Librarian 

A.B.,  Michigan  State  University;  A.M.L.S.,  University  of  Michigan 

WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS  (1968)    Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Mississippi  State  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

J.  HARVEY  SAUNDERS   (1971  )    Associate  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Marshall  University;  M.A.,  Stetson  University;  Ph.D., 
The  University  of  Georgia 

HILLIARD  SAUNDERS,  JR.    (1967)    Assistant  Professor  of  French 

A.B.,  Louisiana  State  University;  Diplome  de  Cours  de  Civilization 
Francaise  a  la  Sorbonne,  Paris;  M.A.,  Louisiana  State  University 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.   (1969)    Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  M.S.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University 

GUY  THOMSON  SOLIE   (1970)    , Assistant  Professor  of  Administration 

A.B.,  Duke  University;  M.B.A.,  Wharton  School  of  Finance  and  Commerce, 
University  of  Pennsylvania;  Woodrow  Wilson  Fellow 

GEORGE  ROYSTER  STEPHENSON    (1963)    Associate  Professor  of 

Ancient   Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  University  of  the  South;  LL.D.,  Mississippi  College 

JONATHAN  SWEAT   ( 1  958)    Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  A.Mus.D.,  The  University  of  Michigan 

JAMES  K.  VAN  HOUTEN    (1969)    Assistant  Professor  of  German 

A.B.,  Hunter  College;  Eberhard-Karls-Universitat,  Tubingen;  Freie  Universitat, 
Berlin;  Universitat  Hamburg;  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Cornell  University 

EDMOND  R.  VENATOR    (1967)    Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Buffalo;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS    (1968)    Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi;  C.P.A. 

GEORGE  V.  WOLFE   (1971  )    Visiting  Professor  of  Political  Science 

Matura,  Doeblinger  Gymnasium,  Vienna;  Ph.D.,  J.D.,  University  of  Vienna 


THE  FACULTY  1  1  9 


PART-TIME   FACULTY 

LOUISE  ESCUE  BYLER   (1956)    Music 

B.M.,  Belhaven  College;  M.M.Ed.,  Louisiana  State  University 

DIANE  TRIPLETT  PEARSON    (1972)     Accounting 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  M.B.A.,  Delta  State  College;  C.P.A. 


LIBRARY  STAFF 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.   ( 1  969)    Librarian 

FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN   (1966)    Catalog  Librarian 

REBECCA  McCORMICK  RICE    (1965)     Circulation  Librarian 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE   (1968)    Order  Librarian 

GERRY  REIFF    (1972)     Audio-Visual  Assistant 

ANNE  BARRON  SAFLEY   ( 1  970)    Reference  Librarian 

JOYCELYN  V.  TROTTER   ( 1  963)    Serials  Assistant 

ANN  T.  RATCHFORD   ( 1  970)     Catalog  Assistant 

MARTHA  HUMPHRIES  NEAL   (1971  )    Secretary  to  the  Librarian 


! 


STAFF  PERSONNEL 

MRS.    ERLENE  ANTHONY    (1960)     Manager,    Bookstore 

SARA  L.   BROOKS    (1955)     Assistant  Registrar 

MRS.   CLAUDIA  BROCATO    (1971  )     Clerical  Asst.,   Development  Office 

MRS.    REBECCA  BROWNE    (1971  )     Key  Punch  Operator 

MRS.   JANE  P.  BRUNT   (1971  )    Receptionist  &  Clerical  Assistant 

HARVEY  CARR  (1966) Maintenance  Foreman 

MRS.   GRACE  COPELAND   (1968)    Housemother,  New  Men's  Dorm 

MICHAEL  CORY    ( 1  97 1  )    Manager,  Food  Service 

MRS.    CHERYLL  CRANFORD Secretary,  Admissions  Counselors  Office 

MRS.   SUE  J.  DALE    (1970)     Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  Faculty 

MRS.   MARY  ANN  DAVIDSON   (1965)    Asst.,  Business  Office 

MRS.    DORIS  DENSON    (1967)    Secretary  to  the  President 

1 20         STAFF 


MRS.  JOHN  FENNELL   (1967)    College  Nurse 

MRS.  MARY  FISACKERLY    (1969)     Housemother,  Whitworth-Sanders  Hall 

MRS.  KATHRYN  FLEMING  (1969)    Housemother,  Ezelle  Hall 

MRS.  ANN   FRANC ISKATO    (1970)     Asst.,   Registrar's  Office 

MRS.   MARTHA  GALTNEY    (1955)     Administrative  Assistant  of 

Student   Affairs 

MRS.    PAT  GRANT    (1971  )     Clerical  Assistant,   Development 

MRS.   CAROLYN  JOHNSON    (1969)    Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Admissions 

REX  ROY  LATHAM    ( 1  956)     Maintenance  Engineer 

MRS.   WARRENE  W.  LEE    (1955)     Bookkeeper  and  Office  Manager 

MRS.    LUCY  MAHONEY    ( 1  962)     Assistant,  Bookstore 

MRS.   VIRGINIA  McCOY    (1966)     Switchboard   Operator 

MISS  DIANNA  McKEY    (1971  )     Clerical  Asst.,  Development  Office 

KEITH  McNEESE,  SR.    (1966)     Maintenance  Foreman 

MRS.   SHIRLEY  MOBLEY   (1971  )    Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Services 

MRS.   JEAN  NAPIER    (1970)     Secretary,   Business  Office 

MRS.    MARTHA  NEAL    (1971  )     Secretary  to  the  Librarian 

MRS.   DOROTHY   NETTLES    ( 1  947 )     Cashier 

MRS.    DIANE  PEARSON    (1971  )    Assistant,   Business  Office 

MRS.   JOSEPH  B.  PRICE    (1964)     Housemother,   Bacot  Hall 

MRS.   MYRLENE  PROPST    (1968)     Assistant,   Registrar's  Office 

MRS.   ELIZABETH  RANAGER   ( 1  969)    Division  Secretary 

MRS.    OUIDA  FAYE  STRAIN    (1971  )     Administrative  Assistant  to  the 

Director  of  Development  and  Public  Relations 

MRS.    PATT  THORNTON    (1970)     Key  Punch  Operator 

MRS.   MITTIE  C.  WELTY   ( 1  959)    Post  Office  Clerk 


STAFF  121 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

PRESIDENT Pat  Gilliland,   Jackson 

I 

VICE   PRESIDENTS Rod   Entrekin,   Jackson 

Don    P.    Fortenberry,   Jackson 
George   Pickett,   Jr.,   Jackson 

SECRETARY Mrs.   Henry   Pate,  Jackson 

PAST  PRESIDENTS W.   G.    Kimbrell,   Greenville 

Foster  Collins,   Jackson 
H.   V.   Allen,   Jr.,   Jackson 

ANNUAL  FUND  CHAIRMAN Ernest  W.   Graves,   Laurel 


ENROLLMENT  STATISTICS 

Fall  Semester,    1971                                                Men  Women  Total     Men  Women  Total 

Freshman 1 27  1  24        25J 

Sophomore     118  89        207 

Junior    148  103        251 

Senior    99  85        184 

Unclassified    33  70        1 03 

525     471        996 

Spring   Semester,    1 972 

Freshman 1 06  121         227 

Sophomore     ' 1 07  79         1  86 

Junior    1 39  85        224 

Senior     89  75         1 64 

Unclassified    33  61           94 

Total   Registration,   Regular  Session    ....    999  892      1891 

Number  of  Different  Persons  in 

Attendance  Regular  Session    565      507      1 072 

Summer  School,   1971    420  390        810 

Number  of  Different  Persons  in 

Attendance  Summer  School    262      259        521 

Total  Number  of  Registration    1419  1282     2701 

Number  of  Different  Persons  in 

Attendance     827      766      1 593 

122  ALUMNI   ASSN./ENROLLMENT  STATISTICS 


MEDALS  AND  PRIZES  AWARDED 

Commencement,  May,   1971 

The   Founder's  Medal Linda  Sharon  Dorsey 

The    Bourgeois  Medal    Janis  Anne  Howell 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship Reba  Diamond  Hale 

The   Clark  Essay  Medal    Linda  Kay  Townes 

The  Chi  Omega  Award Carolyn  Jackson 

The   A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  French Janis  Anne  Howell 

The   A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish Marsa  Beck 

The   Eta  Sigma  Phi  Award — Greek David  Paul  Smith 

The   Eta  Sigma  Phi  Award — Latin    Roger  Graham  Stuart,  Jr. 

Walker  Williams,  Jr. 

The   Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award Donald  Lee  Roberts,  Jr. 

The  Theta  Nu  Sigma  Award Linda  Sharon  Dorsey 

John   Edward   Spencer 

The  West  Tatum  Award Donald  Lee  Roberts,  Jr. 

The   Chi  Chi  Chi  Award John  Edward  Spencer 

The   General  Chemistry  Awards Frances  Ann  Lloyd 

The    Biology  Award    Ramon  Preston  McGehee 

The   Freshman  Mathematics  Award Benjamin  Allen  Root,  Jr. 

Frances   Ann    Lloyd 

The  Junior  Mathematics  Awards    Janis  Elizabeth  Graves 

Martha    Louise   Lewis 
William    Henry  Woodall 

The  Wail  Street  Journal  Award Carl  Garland  Brooking 

The   Pendergrass  Medal James  Avery  Holder 

The    Beginning  German   Award    Jonson    Huang 

The    Intermediate  German  Award Reba  Diamond  Hale 

The   Henry  and  Katherine  Bellaman  Award Carol  Moore  Scates 

The   Department   Award   for  Outstanding 

Accounting  Major    Arlen    L.   McDonald 

The   Department   Award   for   Outstanding 

Economics  Majors    Charles  Norman   Harvey 

Carl   Garland    Brooking 
Robert   Louis  Clark 

The   American  Bible  Society  Award James  Avery  Holder 

The   Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants Lee  Clinton 

The    Undergraduate  Award  in  Analytical  Chemistry John  Michael  Nicovich 

The   C.  Wright  Mills  Award  in  Sociology Danni  Lee  Young 

The  Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award    Bruce  Partin 

The   Millsaps  Players  Acting  Awards Claire  Crofford 

Michael   Taylor 

The   Millsaps  Players  Junior  Acting  Awards Becky  Barnes 

Ramon  McGehee 

The   Millsaps  Players  Backstage  Award    Will   Koolsbergen 

The   Millsaps  Players  Freshman  Award    James  Calloway 

The   Millsaps  Players  Workshop Tom  Dupree— directing 

Dwight  Adcock — acting 
Ava   McDaniel — acting 

The  Mitchell  Award    Michael  Taylor 

The  Jackson  Little  Theatre  Award    Bruce  Partin 

The  Millsaps  Players  Cameo  Award David  Downing 

MEDALS  AND  PRIZES  1  23 


SEVENTY-NINTH  COMMENCEMENT 
DEGREES  CONFERRED,   1971 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 


Tonny   Harold  Algood    Louisville 

Michael    Patrick  Amos    Hazlehurst 

George   William   Anderson,   Jr Jackson 

Elaine  Mike   Ballas    Greenwood 

McNeil    Bartling,    III     Jackson 

Melanie  Jane   Bartling    ....Columbus,  Ohio 

Allan    Pascal    Bennett    Jackson 

Warren  Columbus  Black,  Jr Ethel 

Danny   Lloyd   Blair    Memphis,  Tenn. 

*Julia    McLemore    Blood    Jackson 

William  David  Boerner  .  .  .  .  Barrington,  III. 
Russell  Stuart  Boshers    .  .  .    Memphis,  Tenn. 

Margaret  Ellen    Bready    Greenwood 

Judd    Michael    Brooke    Jackson 

Christine    Meek    Brown    Eupora 

Sandy   LeeVoyd   Byrd    Meridian 

William  Edward  Campbell    Leiand 

Barbara   Ann    Carnley    Jackson 

Sharon    Piper  Carraway     LeGrange  Park,    III. 

William   Craig   Carraway    Sebring,    Fla. 

Willenham    Cortez   Castilla    Jackson 

=;=*Mary  Carolyn  Caves Brookhaven 

Leonard  Perryman  Chambliss,  Jr.  .  Jackson 
Thomas  Edward  Church    .  .    Memphis,  Tenn. 

**Robert    Louis   Clark    Raymond 

Lee    Clinton     Jackson 

Michael   Carl   Coker    Jackson 

Patsy  Marie  Commander    Brookhaven 

Jeverly    Ralph   Cook,   Jr Jackson 

John   Earl    Cornell    Gulfport 

Janis    Dee    Crenshaw    Meridian 

Jesse  Franklin    Dees    Gautier 

Clara    Frances    Drake    Vicksburg 

Van    Anthony    Duncan,    Jr Jackson 

Thomas   Randall    Dupree    Jackson 

Arthur   Duane    Dyess    Chicago,    111. 

Cynthia    Diane    Ethridge    Jackson 

Harris    Botnick    Evans    Jackson 

Beverly    Ann    Fabian    Jackson 

Richard  Millard  Fa-rell    .  .White  Plains,  N.Y. 

Pamela  Ruth  Farris    Baton   Rouge,   La. 

Laura-Van    Flett    Shreveport,    La. 

Nancy   Ellen   Ford    Baldwyn 

George  Edward  Gillespie,  Jr.  ...Greenwood 
Billy  Dale  Godfrey Richton 

^Rosemary    Gregg     Taylorsville 

Beverly    Hairston    Jackson 

Adrianne   Lynn  Gear   Hall    Jackson 

Warren  Candler  Hamby,  Jr.    ..Birmingham, 

Ala. 

*Margie  McDavid   Harper    Macon 

Gordon    Ray    Harris    Pontotoc 

Margaret  LaRue   Harris    Jackson 

*Charles   Norman    Harvey    Jackson 

Eugenia  Louise   Hathorn    Oxford 

Stephen   Dale   Hawks    Memphis,  Tenn. 

John  Clark  Henderson    Greenville 

*Cum    Laude 
**Magna  Cum   Laude 
:|:**Summa  Cum   Laude 

124  DEGREES  COKFERRED 


*Gray    Hilsman     Jackson 

James  Avery  Holder Horn   Lake 

Warren   Lane  Holmes    McComb 

*Joel    Walter    Howell,    III    Jackson 

James  Charles   Hulsey,  Jr Madison 

*  Kenneth  Thomas  Humphries  .  .  .  .Greenwood 

Deborah    Christine   Jennings    Meridian 

Barbara    Lynn    Jones    Jackson 

Cynthia    Batson   Jordan    Rolling    Fork 

Gary    Richman    King     Taylorsville 

'•'William  John  Koolsbergen  ..Pass  Christian 
Mary    Glassco    Kuebler Cleveland 

*Karin  Aileen  Leftwich    Jackson,  Tenn. 

Arthur  Emrey  Liles    Monroe,  La. 

Marilyn    Rush    Lipscomb    Jackson 

Gertrude    Hope    Little    Jackson 

Arlen    Lafate    McDonald    Jackson 

Linda    Lu    McGahey    Jackson 

Janis    Kay    McQueen    Jackson 

Carolyn   Shaw  Martin    Clinton 

^Cynthia    Ann  .Matheny    Jackson 

^Jeanne  Marie  Middleton    Jackson 

Lem    Earle   Mitchell    Atlanta,   Ga. 

'■'Lucia  Vern   Pack   Montgomery    .  .  .  .Jackson 

Robert   Murray   Moore,  Jr Tupelo 

Robert    Giles   Mullins    Clinton 

Kenneth    Michael    O'Keefe     Clarksdale 

Luther    Smith    Ott    Jackson 

Michael  Albert  Parman    Jackson 

Bruce  Lynn  Partin Meridian 

Pamela    Lash    Patrick Gautier 

William    Howard    Patrick,   Jr Tupelo 

Derryl    Wayne    Peden     Jackson 

Richard  Cole  Perkins Jackson 

Jamelin    Day    Pierce    Greenwood 

Reed    Walser    Prospere     Greenville 

Becky  Shuttleworth    Reed    Jackson 

David    Lee   Reynolds    luka 

'•'Alice    Isabel    Rhea    Jackson 

Susan  Joy  Richardson    Tupelo 

Nancy   Louise  Riddle    Memphis,  Tenn. 

Simmie  Hazle  Roberts    Jackson 

'•'Kathy  Regenia  Rowell    Louisville 

Wayne  Milton  Rutherford    Jackson 

'•'Carol   Moore  Scates    Jackson 

Susan  White  Seals    New  Orleans,   La. 

Janice   Kay   Self    New  Albany 

'•'Edwin  Ray  Sherrard,  Jr Jackson 

Frances  Richter  Shields    Jackson 

'^Margaret  Angelyn  Sloan    Jackson 

David  Paul  Smith    Jackson 

Drayton  Beecher  Smith,    II    Memphis,  Tenn. 

'I'Emily   Bankhead   Smith    Jackson 

Jeffrey   Burton   Smith    Hattiesburg 

Suzanne  Harden  Sorrells    Jackson 

Barbara  Stauss    Jackson 

James  Francis  Steel    Jackson 


*Jo  Anne  Stevens    Jackson 

*Jo  Ann   Huttig   Stokes    San  Clemente, 

Calif. 

Marcella   Dunn  Strong    Jackson 

Celia   Brunson  Sumrall    Jackson 

Georgia  Anne  Thatcher    Gulfport 

*Linda   Kay  Townes Jackson 

Burton  LaCour  Wade,  Jr.,  .  St.  Joseph,  La. 
Regina   Suzette  Jordan    Walters    ....  Laurel 

*Candice    Marie    Dudley   Ward    ....  Meridian 


Christine  Crowell  Ward    Jackson 

William   David  Watkins    Jackson 

Chester   Allen    Watson,    Jr.,    Leiand 

Michael  Edward  Weems Jackson 

Sandra    Iris  Wehner    Jackson 

Patricia   Sharp  Weiss    ....Washington,    D.C. 

:=Nancy    Elisabeth    Wells    West    Point 

Emily   Corrine   Williams    Greenville 

Judith    Dianne   Wilson    Greenwood 

Danni    Lee   Young    Jackson 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


Brett  Christy  Adams    Jackson 

Gene  Warden  Aldridge    Columbia 

■'Richard  Joseph   Aubert,  Jr Gulfport 

William  Wallace  Aycock,  Jr Memphis, 

Tenn. 
Lauren    Klein    Barton    Jackson 

•'Carl    Garland   Brooking    Hazlehurst 

Burrell   Newberry  Brown,    III    ...    Mathiston 

Sara    Rula   Cabell    Jackson 

Pamela   Cole  Capps    Memphis,  Tenn. 

Bettye   Jill   Carpenter    Batesville 

William  Sterling  Crawford    Jackson 

•'Marie  Dickson    Canton 

•'Linda  Sharon   Dorsey    .    Apple  Valley,  Calif. 

Harlan  William  Gerrish    Patoka,    III. 

Charles  Richard  Gray Jackson 

Margaret   Hayne  Hamilton    Gulfport 

James    Ronald   Herring    Gulfport 

John  Russell   Hughes    Jackson 

Lillian  Nolley  Johnson    Jackson 

•'Michael    Dean  Johnson    Centreville 

Millicent  LeBlanc  Johnson Jackson 

John   Eric   Jones    Atlanta,   Ga. 

Arthur    Emrey   Liles    Monroe,    La. 

•'Victor   Ewart    Lindsey    Gulfport 

Ellen    Dianne  Stage   McDonald    .  .  .    Jackson 


Ramon    Preston    McGehee    McComb 

William  Carter  McKie,  Jr Batesville 

loanna   Nicholas   Mitzelliotou    ..Yazoo  City 

Leroy  Selmer  Molstad    Jackson 

Cleveland  Dave  Newton  .  .  .  Crystal  Springs 
George   Michael   Ozborn    Union 

'■'Erwin    Harry    Peyton,  Jr Raymond 

Gerald    Dennis    Pope    Senatobia 

Henry  Arie  Post Jackson 

Brian  Lee  Rowan    Raymond 

David    Banister    Russell    Jackson 

Nicholas  Andrew  Sabatini    Jackson 

Rebecca  Jane   Saxton    Madison 

Roland    David    Seals    Tylertown 

Shellie  Ann  Kenna  Simler  .    Charleston  AFB, 

S.  C. 

'•'James  Thomas  Smith    Jackson 

Larry    Ladelle    Smith     Jackson 

■"■'John  Edward  Spencer Jackson 

William    Russell    Street     Jackson 

Robert   Clifton    Strong    Columbia,    III. 

Marion   Jean   Wainwright    Canton 

Nan  Travis  Weakley Memphis,  Tenn. 

Jim   Christie  Weir,  Jr Madison,   Tenn. 

Robert   Daniel  White    Pelahatchie 


*Janette    Reid    Burt 


BACHELOR  OF   MUSIC 

Aberdeen  '''Barbara   Anne    Fulton 


.  Louisville 


*Cum    Laude 
■'Magna  Cum   Laude 
■'Summa  Cum    Laude 


DEGREES  CONFERRED 


125 


INDEX 


Page 

Administration     114 

Administrative  Regulations 95 

Admission  Applications 12 

Admission  Requiremnts 9 

Freshman    9 

Advanced    10 

Special  Student 11 

Advisers,   Faculty    13 

Alumni  Association 122 

Athletics 101 

B 

Board  of  Trustees    112;    113 

Buildings  and  Grounds    8 

Business  Intern 48 


Page 

Education    58 

English    60 

Geology     62 

German     65 

History 66 

Mathematics 69 

Music 70 

Philosophy     73 

Physical  Education  and 

Athletics     74 

Physics  and  Astronomy 75 

Political  Science    77 

Psychology    79 

Religion    81 

Romance  Language 82 

Sociology  and  Anthropology    .  .  85 

Speech  and  Theatre    87 

Dining   Facilities    14 


Class  Attendance    96 

Class   Standing    92 

Comprehensive  Examinations  ....  35 

Convocation  Series    1  00 

Cooperative   Programs    44;    48 

Counseling   Program    12 

Pre-Registration     13 

Personal    13 


Educational  Certification 

Programs     41-44 

Enrollment    Statistics     122 

Exclusion 95 

Expenses,  Semester 16 

Extracurricular   Credits    34 


Dean's  List 94 

Degree  Applications    35 

Degrees,  Conferred  1971    .     124;  125 
Degree  Programs 

B.A.  Degree    36 

B.S.    Degree    37 

B.M.  Degree 37 

Applied  Music  B.A 38 

Pre-Medical    38 

Pre-Dental    38 

Pre-Seminary     39 

Pre-Law    40 

Pre-Social  Work 40 

Degree   Requirements    32 

Department  of    Instruction    49 

Ancient  Languages 50 

Art     51 

Biology     51 

Chemistry      53 

Economics,  Accounting  and 

Administration     55 


Faculty    115-120 

Fees,   Explanation    16 

Fees,    Miscellaneous    17 

Financial    Aid    19;    29 

Financial    Regulations    18 

Fraternities 1  05 


Grades     92 

Graduation  with   Distinction    ....  93 

Graduation  with   Honors    93 

Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory    .  49 

H 

History  of  College    6 

Honors    92 

Honor    Societies     103-105 

Honors   Program    47;  93 

Hours  Permitted 94 

Housing    13 


126 


INDEX 


Page 

Information,    General     6 

L 

Legislative   Intern    48 

Library    8 

Library  Staff 1  20 

Loan    Funds    27 

London  Semester    48 

M 

Majors    34 

Medals  and  Prizes 106-109 

Medals  and   Prizes 

Awarded  in  1971    123 

Medical  Services 14 

Medical  Technology    46 

Millsaps  Players    103 

Millsaps  Singers    102 

Millsaps  Troubadours    102 

N 

Non-Departmental  Courses 49 

o 

Orientation    13 

P 

Placement,  Advanced    11 

Probation    96 

Publications     1  02 

Purposes  of  College    4 


Q 

Page 

Quality  index 35 

Quality   Points    92 

R 

Religious  Activities 100 

Reports 94 

s 

Schedule  Changes 95 

Scholarships     19 

Competitive     20 

Institutional     21 

Endowed 21 

Sponsored 26 

Senior   Exemptions    97 

Sororities     105 

Special    Programs    47 

Staff  Personnel    120;    121 

Student  Association    1  03 

Student   Behavior    97 

Student  Center 14 

Student    Organizations     ....  103-106 
Study  Abroad    48 

T 

Testing 13 

Tuition      16 

u 

United   Nations  Semester    47 

w 

Washington  Semester 47 

Withdrawal     95 


INDEX 


127 


June  5 
June  5 
July  4 
July  8 
July  10 
August    1  2 


August   27 
August   28 
August  29 
August   30 
August   31 
September    1  5 
October   20 
November  22 
November  27 
December    1  2 
December    1  3 
December    1  4, 
December    1  9 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 

EIGHTY-FIRST  YEAR 

1972-73 

SUMMER  SESSION   1972 

Registration 

First  Term  Classes  Meet  on   Regular  Schedule 

Holiday 

Final    Examinations,    First  Term 

Second  Term   Classes   Begin 

Final    Examinations,   Second  Term 

FALL  SESSION 

Dormitories   Open   for   Students,    1 0   a.m. 
Orientation   of   Freshman   Students 
Orientation   of   Transfer   Students 
Registration    for   Class   Changes 
Classes   Meet  on    Regular   Schedule 
Last   Day   for  Changes   of  Schedule 
End  of   First    Half   of  Semester 
Thanksgiving    Holidays    Begin,    Noon 
Thanksgiving    Holidays    End,    8    a.m. 
Last    Regular   Meeting   of   Classes 
Classes  Will   Not  Meet 
15,    16,    18,    19  Final  Examinations,    First   Semester 

First   Semester   Ends 


January    10 
January    1  1 
January  26 
March   2 
March   9 
March    19 
April    16-20 
May    1 
May   2 

May   3,   4,   5, 
May   13 


June  4 
June  4 
July  4 
July  7 
July  9 
August 


11 


SPRING  SESSION 

Registration   for  Class   Changes 
Classes   Meet  on    Regular   Schedule 
Last   Day   for  Changes   of   Schedule 
End   of   First  Half  of  Semester 
Spring    Holidays    Begin,    Noon 
Spring    Holidays    End,    8    a.m. 
Comprehensive    Examinations 
Last    Regular   Meeting   of   Classes 
Classes   Will    Not   Meet 
Final    Examinations,   Second   Semester 
Commencement   Day 

SUMMER  SESSION    1973 

Registration 

First  Term   Classes   Meet  on    Regular   Schedule 

Holiday 

Final    Examinations,    First   Term 

Second   Term   Classes    Begin 

Final    Examinations,   Second   Term